Home

uCreateTM Print User Guide

1. T First Name T Last Name T Pref wine T Pret wine Eg wine Regi E Message K Link to Win K Link of inte EE Priceofters EX Backgrounc Din France red BONJOUR http www frenc http www tasti 3 rows Ch full Rain Italy red _ BUON GIORNO httpIIwww wine http Iwww tasti 3 rows E Pit USA red GOOD MORNING http www napa http www tasti 3 rows Johns France white BONJOUR http www frenc http www tasti 3 rows Goodman Italy white BUON GIORNO http www wine http www tasti 3 Boy USA white GOOD MORNING http www napa http www tasti Lue France red BONJOUR httpwww frenc http www tasti 3 rows 0 Cool Italy red BUON GIORNO http www wine http J www tasti 3 rows uj Dona Flor USA red GOOD MORNING http www napa http www tasti 3 rows 10 Elizabeth Fox France white BONJOUR http www frenc http www tasti 3 rows 11 Gina Rose Italy white BUON GIORNO http www wine http I www tasti 3 rows 12 Suzan Heart USA white GOOD MORNING http www napa http Iwww tasti 3 rows e For information on viewing Proof Sets see the Proof Set Viewer User Guide e For information on creating Proof Sets see Using uCreate to Create a Proof Set on page 115 For information on viewing dynamic content using Proof Sets see Using Values from a Proof Set on page 117 Chapter 6
2. None vial 2 3 a Select a Content Object in the design or in the uCreate Panel At the bottom of the Panel click the Add Sample icon El The Add Sample Text dialog opens to display an editable text frame Alternatively if you selected a Graphic Content Object or a Text File Content Object you will be prompted to select a file for use as sample data Enter the text or file name for the data you wish to display in place of the selected Content Object and click OK can work with sample data using the following options Table 16 Table 16 Content Sample Options Icon Option Description El Add Sample Opens a text frame allowing you to add sample data or the Select a Sample file dialog allowing you to browse to sample data Y Edit Sample Opens the sample data for editing 3 Remove Sample Removes the sample data Remove all Removes all the sample data Content Samples Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document Working with the Dynamic Document 119 Find the Shortest and Longest Values of a Text Content Object Note This feature applies to all types of Dynamic Content sources Data Sources Proof Sets and Content Samples uCreate Print enables you to find the shortest and longest values available for each Text Content Object in the selected Dynamic Content Source This is a useful tool for planning the space required for the dynamic text in your Document Once uCreate P
3. To specify which editing options are to be locked 1 Choose one of the following To set Document level options click anywhere on the gray area around the Document to make sure no particular text frame or graphic frame is selected a To set object level options select the desired object a text frame a graphic frame or a line 2 Right click and select uEdit Lock Options from the displayed pop up menu The relevant Lock Options dialog Document text frame graphic frame or line is displayed with its type indicated in the window title Figure 68 Chapter 5 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects 110 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects Figure 68 Document Lock Options dialog Document Lock Options Checked boxes below represent locked actions or attributes V Layout IV Appearance Location Stroke Weight Dimension Stroke Color Transform Background Color Create Delete Items Text Attributes Layer Changes IV Customize Content Objects v Content Customize All Locked Change Text Replace Graphics Add Remove Content Objects Clear Overrides Modify All Cancel 3 Select the editing options you wish to lock and click Set to apply your changes Table 15 describes the available lock options Most options are common to the Document and to its various objects text frames graphic boxes and lines Any Document specifi
4. 0 0000 nh 150 Defining ulmage Tag Rules csser errn man 159 Defining Tag Names iesu Lyco A Ren ER 159 Defining Tag Rules sica mee da e prse MU MER Aes 159 Formatting the uImage Output Filename 0000 cee eee eee 161 Output Format Properties for Templates 2 163 Setting uImage Defaults Optional s sssaaa cee ah 170 Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 173 Creating a Print File of a Dynamic Document 0000 cee eee 173 Common Dynamic Print Properties auaa saaan eenaa anaa 175 Policies VIGW Wi A eink A a a E de ER Eis 176 Copies VIEW sre tite teats a A A ia tute IU LCD Lr Mia iae 178 Imposition VIeW i xb IS ex p DA es Xen tc ee m DR c UR eO n CAE e EE 179 Imposition Settirigs oem nte sedem doe ele eR ERE x Rr E RE VE RE RUE RR 181 Advanced View i ous esu mx aue Ola eee ate alee e TR Ra a a ak fe 184 Customising PDF VT 1 Export Settings llleleeee rr 189 Tracking VIEW aie doc Ru DEIN Deu DE a Pa pu I e EE CR En NE 191 Using Dynamic Media Selection for Printing lille 194 Setting the Right Media Value for your Print Output ForMat o ooooooooooooooo 196 Choosing a Print Output Format that Best Suits your Print Server s 0 0 00 ee oo 196 VIPP Output Media Value for Xerox FFPM DOCUSP oooooooooo ee 198 VIPP Output Media Value for Xerox Gen FFPM DocuSP 0000 eee e eee eee 198 VPS Output Media Value for Creo Sp
5. For image Tags use the name of the Tag s Smart Object layer in Photoshop Note If a uImage Tag is not listed here or if it has different names in the uImage Template and in the uImage Settings dialog this Tag will not be personalized during production the image will show the Tag s placeholder You can define and edit uImage Tag Rules using one of the following methods e Add a Tag based on a Data Source field select a field in the Available Fields list and double click or click Add By default this Tag s name is the same as the field s name and its Rule is to take the field s value as is from the Data Source To edit this Tag select it and double click or click Customize see below e Change a Tag s Rule select the Tag in the uImage Tags list and click Customize The Customize uImage Tag dialog is displayed allowing you to rename the Tag and edit its Rule using a Rule Editor see Defining uImage Tag Rules on page 159 Define a Tag starting with an empty Rule click New The New uImage Tag dialog is displayed allowing you to define the Tag s name and its Rule using a Rule Editor see Defining uImage Tag Rules on page 159 Delete a Tag that is NOT used in the uImage Template select the Tag and click Remove The Tag is deleted from the uImage Tags list Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 156 Referencing a uImage Template file Table 21 uImage Settings Options
6. The Source field displays the path to the Data Source you browsed The Separator drop down list displays the types of characters you can use to separate the selected Data Source s fields Tab Xt Comma or Semicolon The Table Field drop down list displays the column headers of the Data Source you browsed for example Purchases txt The Equals Recipient Field drop down list displays the column headers of your linked Data Source for example Owners txt Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 91 Managing Content Objects Figure 57 Rule Editor Table Content Object Edit Content Object Purchases Name Purchases Type Table y PCR Annotation NENNEN Cancel Table Structure and Data Information Source fluDirect_Professional Data Sources Purchasestxt Browse Separator kommo e Table Field Owner 10 7 Equals Recipient Field OwnerID y 5 Mapa unique key in the new Data Source to a corresponding key in the linked Data Source a Selecta column header from the Table Field drop down list for example Owner ID b Select the column you wish to associate it with from the Equals Recipient Field drop down list for example Owner ID 6 Click OK The New Content Object dialog is closed and the new Purchases Table Content Object is added to the uCreate PrintPanel Figure 58 Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 92 Managing Content Objects Figure 58 uCreate Panel New Ta
7. Ifyou selected a delimited text file the Specify a Separator dialog is displayed Select the appropriate delimiter used to separate data values in your text file and click OK Ifyou select a Data Source with more than one table the Choose a Table dialog is displayed Select the table you wish to use for creating Content Objects and click OK If there are any mismatches between the previous and current Data Sources the Link to Data Source Match Previous and Current Data Sources wizard is displayed Figure 26 Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 51 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Figure 26 Link to Data Source Match Previous and Current Data Sources wizard Link to Data Source Match Previous and Current Data Sources Some fields in the previous Data Source do not match the fields in the current Data Source Use the table below to map the current Data Source fields to the previous Data Source Previous Data Source Field Action or Current Data Source Field Addressi lt lt Unmatched gt gt Address2 Unmatched gt gt City City First Marne First Name GradeAvg GradeAvg Last Name Last Name Unmatched fields 2 Show only unmatched Cancel Next 5 To successfully link to the current Data Source each Previous Data Source Field that is used in your Document as a Content Object must be handled a Match it with a field of the current Data Source OR a Conv
8. Option Description Advanced Define advanced uImage production parameters The available Settings options depend on the application used to create this Template Photoshop or illustrator Note Hide Advanced Settings changes to Show Advanced Settings when clicked Automatically Choose whether to automatically play an action or JavaScript during Play production An action or JavaScript code may be used to integrate Photoshop dynamic content into the personalized image If an action or Only JavaScript code was created by the uImage Template designer they must be defined here for the personalized images to appear correctly Choose one of the following options None the uImage Template will be produced without running any JavaScript or Action This is the default setting e Action select the Photoshop action to be played back during production by setting the following properties Folder the name of the folder Set containing this action as it appears in the Photoshop Actions panel Action the name of this Action as it appears in the Photoshop Actions panel JavaScript select an external Photoshop JavaScript file to be run during production Specify the file s location in the Path text frame or click Browse to locate the file Output Defines the format of the uImage output filenames A uImage Filename output file is created for each recipient Its name typically includes Format the na
9. ignores the inconsistencies and allows you to continue working with the currently linked Plan OR Cancel cancels reloading If you use a Plan that is incompatible with the Dynamic Document it will result in unsuccessful print production If you choose Ignore this message will reappear the next time you open the Document after saving To avoid this message edit the Document to accommodate the changes described in the message or update the Plan to reflect the current design Reloading a Plan The Reload Plan option allows you to re link the current Document to the currently linked Plan file If changes were made to the Plan and as a result the Plan and the design are incompatible a message is displayed informing you of the incompatibilities This option is useful if you are currently working on a Document that is linked to a specific Plan and the Plan is modified Reloading the Plan will ensure that you are working with the most up to date copy of the Plan Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 43 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Converting Content Object Rules to a Plan File Note This option is available only if you are linked to a Data Source or a Counter and not to a Plan file uCreate Print allows you to work with Plan files as well as Data Sources thus allowing you to choose between the Rule Editor and uPlan depending on what is most suitable for designing your Campaign Logic I
10. the text color is changed to Paper and the text frame s background color is changed to a swatch color that represents the selected UV effect a MicroText Mark the text color is changed to Black the font is changed according to the selected MicroText font and the font size is set to 1 pt Note that reading the text requires zooming in Note The following InDesign features are partially supported or unsupported e MicroText Mark font sets support only upper case characters e Rotation is unsupported e Scaling is not supported Figure 124 Specialty Imaging Effects as Displayed in a Dynamic Document InDesign cu this card to the closest Lion Comm store E discover the surprise gift which 1s encoded in this ard You will receive the gift upon arriving to the store no questions asked Specialty Imaging text boxes Created using XMFla Specialty Imaging and Xercx Docucolor 5000 Appendix C Specialty Imaging 295 System Requirements for Specialty Imaging Printing VIPP Only System Requirements for Specialty Imaging Printing VIPP Only Specialty Imaging printing requires the following FreeFlow Print Server DocuSP controller VI Interpreter version 7 0 or higher for full usage version 6 0 1 supports a subset of the Specialty Imaging effects For more details please contact your Xerox representative FluorescentMarks Specific Requirements In additio
11. 1 In uCreate Print a Prepare a Print Campaign see Workflow for Print and Cross Media Campaigns above Export the Print Campaign by selecting the Web Campaign Package Files cpkg export option see Exporting XMPie Packages on page 123 It is highly recommended to use this export type for Web use since the Campaign Package created using this option is small in size and hence is fast to upload 2 In uProduce Upload the CPKG file exported from uCreate Print Run the Web Campaign Wizard in order to adapt the uploaded Print Campaign data for Web Once the Wizard is completed a new Port will be created for the uploaded Campaign You can later link your Print Campaign in uCreate to that Port see step 4 below For more details see Chapter 3 Account and Campaign Management Adapting Campaigns for the Web section in uProduce User Guide 3 In RURL Wizard create your website see Chapter 2 Creating Personalized Websites using RURL Wizard in e Media User Guide Note You can further customize and personalize your website in uCreate XM For details see Chapter 3 Customizing and Personalizing Websites Using uCreate XM in the e Media User Guide 4 In uCreate Print a Link your Print Campaign to an ICP Port that was created by the Web Campaign Wizard in uProduce see Linking a Document to an ICP Port not available for uCreate Print Standard on page 45 Linking your Chapter 2 Introduction to uCreate
12. 133 Figure 83 ulmage Settings dialog for a ulmage Document Package o o ooooooo 135 Figure 84 Data section Image Font amp Separated Letters oooooooooommmmoo 138 Figure 85 uImage Settings dialog Regular Template 000 ees 141 Figure 86 uImage Settings dialog Defining a Personalized Text Rule 148 Figure 87 Customize Personalized Text dialog llle 148 Figure 88 uImage Settings dialog for a uImage Template ooooocooomomoo 150 Figure 89 Copy Fitting Methods Underflow Handled with Font Size versus Horizontal Scalig iine sanmi nesei a Ohad Sb eat ee date Ga a Reale we BIR es 153 Figure 90 New Content Object dialog Graphic Content Object Properties for a ulmage Template wrai lace we a Bale Qian eee aoa ae ed ae PEG al ee ee leg Be 158 Figure 91 Customize uImage Tag First Name dialog 1 2 2 ee 160 Figure 92 ulmage Output Filename Format 0 00 es 162 Figure 93 XMPie Preferences dialog lle 171 Figure 94 Dynamic Print dialog Policies View lille 174 Figure 95 Dynamic Print Tracking Notification 0 000 ee 175 Figure 96 Dynamic Print dialog Copies View llle nnn 178 Figure 97 Dynamic Print dialog Imposition Disabled ooooocroreronoooo 179 Figure 98 Dynamic Print Dialog Step and Repeat o oooooooorrrnnaa amos 180 Figure 99 Dynamic Print dialog Cut and
13. Touchpoint A Touchpoint is the marketing action of interacting with a recipient A print piece with a flyer and a letter would be a single Touchpoint as it represents a single interaction with the recipient Formally a Touchpoint is a collection of events It s a grouping of events that together makes sense for a Marketer For example Follow up or Thank You message are Touchpoints that consist of a single event whereas email interaction maybe a Touchpoint that consists of two separate events namely sent email email opened The Touchpoint can be one of the following default When the first Dynamic Print is made for a Document that is linked to Port this is the default selected option in the Touchpoint drop down list When this option is selected a default Touchpoint is created once the user clicks OK to close the Dynamic Print dialog The created default Touchpoint name is DocumentName Print gt This becomes the default selection for the drop down list and all subsequent Dynamic Prints of this Document will use this Touchpoint unless the user specifies otherwise The drop down list will show it as the selected Touchpoint Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 193 Printing the Dynamic Document Table 30 Dynamic Print dialog Tracking View Option Description Touchpoint Selection from the drop down list Open the drop down list Cont to select a preset Touchpoint Once sele
14. UPC E UPCE UPC E is used for Valid characters 0 9 7 digits product marking and 1 check digit ULL AMAN article bar coding Quiet zone left 9X right 7X f Uis Input length UPC E with 2 Add On UPCEP2 Identical to UPC Version Valid Digits 0 9 9 digits 1 E but with 2 add on digits The check digit will be calculated automatically if not specified in the input data The check digit is not displayed in the human readable text check digit Quiet zone left 9 12X right 5X Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 253 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters Digits 123456 12345 Barcode Name Description Characteristics Symbology Parameter UPC E with 5 Add On UPCEP5 Identical to UPC Version Valid Digits 0 9 12 digits 1 E but with 5 add on digits The check digit will be calculated automatically if not specified in the input data The check digit is not displayed in the human readable text check digit Quiet zone left 9 12X right 5X USPS Intelligent Mail Jogo llo eh wd USPSIntelligentM ail This symbology is also known as e OneCode 4CB e USPS 4CB e 4 CB e 4 State Customer Barcode e USPS OneCode Solution Barcode The following data is encoded e Barcode ID ist digit 0 9 2nd digit 0 4 e Special services range 000 999 e Customer ID range 000000 999999
15. e Sequence number range 000000000 999999999 e Delivery point ZIP code 0 5 9 or 11 digit ZIP code Valid characters 0 9 20 digits 0 5 9 or 11 digit ZIP Code Quiet zone vertical 1 25 inch horizontal 1 8 inch Input length up to 31 digits Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 254 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters dh 1234567895 the check digit can be specified freely the 10th digit To be used only if the correctly calculated check digit is already part of the input data Barcode Name v Symbology Parameter Description Characteristics USPS PostNet 5 USPSPostNet5 Used by the United Valid characters 0 9 5 digits States Postal Services 1 check digit Foal chooall hatha pe all RETE Quiet zone vertical 1 25 inch horizontal 1 8 inch Encoded a 5 digit ZIP lilas code The check digit is Input length 5 digits 1 check calculated automatically digit It cannot be specified in the input data USPS PostNet 6 USPSPostNet6 Identical to USPS Valid characters 0 9 5 digits Postnet 5 but the check 1 check digit hllahhullahudidhidulll E wives aged Quiet zone vertical 1 25 inch reely the 6th digit To horizontal 1 8 inch be used only if the u correctly calculated Input length 5 digits 1 check check digit is already digit part of the input data USPS PostNet 9 USPSPostNet9 Used by the United
16. if bz T Club Level Y y String x Stelar Then Text Fie String discount v Else Text File x String MI nodiscount y In the Document window draw a text frame and tag it with the Text File Content Object Figure 34 Figure 34 Tagged Text Content Object wd Using the Type Tool from the InDesign tool bar select all the text and right click to select Dynamic Text Properties from the context menu The Dynamic Text Properties dialog is displayed Figure 35 Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 64 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects Figure 35 Dynamic Text Properties Nested Composition Dynamic Text Properties Nested Enable Nested Composition 8 Select the Enable Nested Composition check box and click OK to save your changes 9 Scroll through the records to view the text change dynamically within the Document Figure 36 and Figure 37 Figure 36 Text File 1 A Figure 37 Text File 2 amp Note Make sure to store your Assets in the Assets folder of your Campaign Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 65 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects Using Nested Composition with Adobe Tagged Text Nested Composition with Adobe Tagged Text differs from a plain text file tagged with Content Objects in that it provides the ability for styling parts of the text in the Asset for example setting its c
17. setting Assets Choose whether to embed Assets and or Resources in the Print Resources Output file When the check box is unselected the Print Output file Supplied includes references to external Asset Resource files resulting in a Resources in thinner VPS VIPP or PPML file PPML Stream If your printer s RIP Raster Image Processor supports external Assets Resources you may choose not to embed Assets Resources Note that when Require InDesign Rendering Better color management is selected Assets and Resources are always embedded so these check boxes are disabled Image Choose the method of rendering images in the XMPie print output Rendering VPS Allow non InDesign Rendering Optimized for PS VIPP PPML performance allow XMPie to bypass InDesign handling of and PDF images This option enables reference features in VPS VIPP and PPML and sometimes improves performance Require InDesign Rendering Enhanced color management images will always be handled by InDesign Note that when choosing this option Images are always embedded in the Print Output file Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 187 Printing the Dynamic Document Table 29 Dynamic Print dialog Advanced View Option Description Supplied Resources in PPML Stream Choose whether to embed PPML Resources in the PPML Print Output file e When this box is unchecked the default option uCreate p
18. NegativeColor color Color of negative data BLP OutlineColor color Color of edging lines BLP OutlineStyle lineStyle Drawing style of lines BLP edging OutlineWidth 0 to 1000 0 Width of edging BLP PieType FullPie Overall shape of pie P HalfPieUp charts HalfPieDown PieValueInPercent Yes No or 0 to Print pie data as force P 5 total 100 int PrintBottomAxis Yes No Show hide zero axis BL PrintBottomTics No Yes IfLabel Print tic marks on bottom BL PrintCalloutLine IfNeeded No Print callout lines P Yes PrintFloor No Yes Show hide line below axis BL PrintGrid Yes No Show hide grid lines BL PrintLabel Yes No Show hide data labels BLP ExceptPlacehold Appendix B Working with uChart 290 Using Enhanced Options Table 43 uChart Properties uChart Options Commonly Used Parameters ValueOverflow Ignore values that are too long Parameters Values Effect zu PrintLeftAxis Yes No Show hide left vertical BL axis PrintLeftScale Yes No Show hides left scale BL numbers PrintLeftTics Yes No Show hide left tic marks BL PrintValue Yes No Show hide data labels BLP RightGap 1 0 to 10 0 Gap width after right most BL column RightTextLimit 1000 0 to 1000 0 Right most limit for text BLP SliceCutaway 0 0 to 0 5 Space between pie slices P TextShrinkList list of 99 to 2 Text reduction steps for BLP ShrinkToFit ValueCol
19. 0 gt m File Edit Layout Type Object Table View Window Help essentiacs v PU x LEN EDU Completed indd amp 75 x v On View Unresolved Problems v Problem amp a gt Overprint Fill 2 jy Keming 1 xz Tracking 1 Scale Value 6 coma Image Fitting Mode 1 v Info Fix 4 BAM 11 AM Introduction to EDU Main Administration Building Problem Tracking field value is set zz zero Fix Menu SN RM Moadnidud presente press Fix Reset the Tracking field value td Q 11 problems Pages 2 All O PERMUTO ARAS A M 41 vib Noerors gt S lt Using the XLIM Preflight Panel The XLIM Preflight panel allows you to examine the various XLIM compatibility issues in the current Document This panel shows Live updates reflecting the changes that take place in the Document while you work If a change resolves one of the issues specified in the Problems list this problem is removed from the list Similarly if the change creates a new problem it is added to the list Figure 129 on page 308 provides a closer look at the XLIM Preflight panel The figure is followed by detailed descriptions of the panel s main sections Appendix D XLIM Capabilities 308 XLIM Preflight Figure 129 XLIM Preflight panel Main Sections On Off Checkbox y On View Unresolved Problems v Problem as General Problem 18 Unre
20. 269 Table 38 Example AsString Expressions and Outcomes Functions Expression Outcome AsNumber 24 24 AsNumber 23 street 23 AsNumber James 0 AsDate 1 1 2002 01 01 2002 AsString 12 the string 12 GetEnv Functions Environment constants allow you to retrieve data during production Syntax Constants are used as follows GetEnv constant name Current Record Number The environment constant CurRecordNumber returns the number of the current record being processed Syntax GetEnv CurRecordNumber Example GetEnv CurRecordNumber Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 270 Functions Print Media The environment constant PrintMedia returns True if the production is of a print Document Syntax GetEnv PrintMedia Proof Set The environment constant ProofSet returns True if the production is of a Proof Set Syntax GetEnv ProofSet HTML Media The environment constant HTMLMedia returns True if the production is of html on demand email or proof html Syntax GetEnv HTMLMedia Text Media The environment constant TextMedia returns True if the production is of text SMS text Syntax GetEnv TextMedia Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 271 Functions Host Application The environment constant Host Application returns the name of the application that executes the Plan Possible return va
21. 281 Figure 118 uChart Properties dialog 2 0 00 rh 282 Figure 119 Series Color Assignment dialog llli 283 Figure 120 uChart Example Chart Output before Modifications lt oooooo 291 Figure 121 uChart Enhanced Chart Options sse nnn 291 Figure 122 uChart Example Chart Output after Modifications lille 291 Figure 123 Specialty Imaging Dialog llleeeeee Rh 293 Figure 124 Specialty Imaging Effects as Displayed in a Dynamic Document InDesign 294 Figure 125 XLIM Using Transparency s s Re rre 304 Figure 126 XLIM Maintaining the Z Order of Objects 0000 es 304 Figure 127 XLIM Using Text Wrap sssseeee RR RR en 305 Figure 128 An InDesign Document XLIM Preflight Panel oooococcooooooooo 307 Figure 129 XLIM Preflight panel Main Sections llle 308 Chapter 1 Introduction to PersonalEffect PersonalEffect is an award winning software solution from XMPie A Xerox Company The PersonalEffect software platform provides solutions for Dynamic Publishing the creation design through production of documents that can automatically vary based on recipient profiles or versioning criteria Dynamic Publishing covers documents in print and digital media such as email web pages etc Such documents when used in communication with customers or partners are known to generate great response rates which in turn lead to g
22. Chartbot features for its own purposes and has assigned values that cannot be overridden For information on Chartbot features that cannot be used with uChart go to the XMPie Customer Portal and see uChart Commands and Advanced Options http 1to1 xmpie com app cip nsf pages 20093 You can customize the chart properties to suit your specific needs choose between different types of charts pie chart bar line etc define the color scheme choose whether or not to display labels etc An example dynamic chart is shown in Figure 116 Figure 116 Example Dynamic Chart Pie Chart with Labels Breakdown by Fund Value General Electric Company 14 996 J P Morgan Chase amp Co 17 4 Other 32 196 Microsoft Corporation 21 796 Pfizer Inc 14 0 To create a dynamic chart simply tag a graphic frame as opposed to a text frame with a Table Content Object This procedure is described below Note You must have a uChart license to create dynamic charts If you do not have a license the dynamic charts will appear with a watermark Appendix B Working with uChart 281 To tag a graphic frame with a Table Content Object 1 Click any of the graphic frame tool icons for example the Rectangle Frame Tool icon and use the mouse to draw a placeholder frame in the Document 2 Inthe uCreate panel double click the relevant Table Content Object The graphic frame displays a chart icon pie chart indicating that the frame has
23. Example 2 XMPBarcode QRCode http www xmpie com Color cmyk 100 0 100 0 BackgroundColor cmyk 0 0 100 0 135 Figure 114 QR Code with the color and background color parameter pomer Type Fit Frame to Con Barcodes with Special Parameters PDF147 The following special parameters can be used with the PDF147 barcode e Columns sets the number of graphic columns 1 30 for PDF417 to a fixed value If not set the number of columns is calculated automatically Rows sets the number of graphic rows 3 90 for PDF417 to a fixed value If not set the number of rows is calculated automatically e RowHeight sets the height of a PDF417 row to a fixed value 1 1000 mm If not set the height is calculated automatically with respect to the bounding rectangle RowColRatio sets PDF417 row to column ratio to a fixed value This only works if neither the value of PDF417 rows nor PDFA17 columns are set to a constant value If not set the row column ratio is chosen automatically Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 260 Functions ECLevel sets Error Correction Level for PDF417 to a fixed value Possible values are 0 8 where 0 means only error recognition no EC and 8 means the highest level of EC If not set the error correction level is chosen automatically Example XMPBarCode PDF417 gt FirstName Rows 5 Columns 10 QRCode A commonly used parameter for QRCode is EC
24. Object The Series Color Assignment dialog is displayed Figure 119 allowing you to set the following Series select the relevant table column from the list Display Name enter the text to be shown as the column s label into the text box Figure 119 Series Color Assignment dialog Series Color Assignment ll c 71 M 64 Y 0 k 14 Series Purchase price v Display Name Cost Note When using a Compound chart the last selected color in the Color list is assigned to the Line graph Appendix B Working with uChart 284 Table 42 uChart Properties dialog Option Description Preview See a preview of the graphic reflecting the properties you currently specifying in this dialog Note that your changes are saved only after you click OK or Apply Font Select the font typeface and size of all text appearances for example the legend text the bar chart grid text etc Legend Add a legend by choosing its location with respect to the graphic from the drop down list Available options include None Left or Right Pie charts include additional options Circular and Legend Only which can be set per slice that is per Table Content Object column 3D Effect Add a three dimensional perspective to the graphic Chart Enter a command to enhance the look of your chart Options Available commands are listed in the Using Enhanced Options section below Options
25. PostScript pdf Portable Document Format psd Adobe Photoshop tiffimage bmpimage jpeg image png image gif image Using the Set Assets Folder Option The Set Assets Folder option allows you to specify a folder that contains the required Assets for printing or proofing the Dynamic Document with Data Source Proof Set or content sample data The folder should be specified for each linked Data Source content sample or Proof Set you select For example if your Data Source refers to graphic images called bouquetrose jpg bouquetlilly jpg bouquetdaisy jpg that reside in a folder called Images which does not reside in the same folder as your Data Source you should specify the location of this folder using the Set Assets Folder option This will enable uCreate to search the folder and sub folders for the referenced images when you proof or print your Document with data The same is true for Proof Sets when the Document is linked to a Plan instead of a Data Source In this case the Proof Set might refer to image files that do not reside in the same folder as your Proof Set Therefore you should specify the location of this folder using the Set Assets Folder option Note If you do not specify a particular folder for the location of your Assets uCreate Print will automatically search in the folder that contains your Data Source file and in its sub folders To set a folder for Assets 1
26. Valid characters 0 9 A Z space Quiet zone left right 10X min Ya inch MaxiCode MaxiCode MaxiCode is in use and was invented by UPS MaxiCode represents data by drawing hexagonal items which are arranged around a circular center a so called Bull s Eye Different encoding modes for including postal information SCM can be adjusted UPS Modes are Mode 2 US Carrier and Mode 3 International Carrier Valid characters Alphanumeric ASCII 0 255 and or bytes May encode up to 93 alphanumeric uppercase characters or less if you use both uppercase and lower case characters Quiet zone left right top bottom 1X Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 246 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters de Barcode Name Description Characteristics Symbology Parameter MicroPDF417 MicroPDF Used to encode large Valid characters Alphanumeric quantities of data and or bytes Quiet zone left right 1X Micro QR Code MicroQRCode This is small variant of QR Code with a reduced number of overhead modules and a restricted range of sizes The symbol size adjusts automatically depending on input data Micro QR Code has 4 different symbol sizes M1 M4 The smallest version size M1 is restricted to numeric data and error detection M2 may contain also alphanumeric values and M3 and M4 may u
27. Working with the Dynamic Document 114 Working with the Dynamic Document Content Samples Content Samples are a set of possible values defined by the uCreate user for a given Content Object Content Samples are a useful tool for proofing the design layout when you wish to check how the design handles irregular recipient values such as unusually short or long names or when the Data Source your Document is linked to is unavailable Different Content Objects can have different sets of values associated with them There are no constraints on these values except that they need to adhere to the type of Content Object with which they are associated for example the Content Samples associated with a Graphic Content Object should be a set of images For example one can define three images CarA CarB and CarC as the possible values of a CarPicture Graphic Content Object It is then possible to flip through these Content Samples to see how the different images appear in the Design without being forced to rely on a complete Proof Set that may not necessarily be available at the early stages of the design process For information on viewing dynamic content using Content Samples see Using Content Samples on page 118 ICP Ports XMPie s Interactive Content Ports ICP is XMPie s proprietary technology for Cross Media Campaigns Using ICP web and application designers can connect to Content Objects also known as Dynamic
28. a new Document Package can be created and uploaded to the uProduce server Chapter 9 Collaborating with Other uCreate or uProduce Users 205 Collaborating with Other uCreate or uProduce Users Importing a Proof Set Generated by uProduce A uCreate user who created the first draft of a Campaign may want to see how the project looks with the most recent design modifications and the most recent set of data and Assets sources By linking to a Proof Set file generated by uProduce the uCreate user can view the results of the most recent changes in data or rules Bp Note Within the XMPie environment Content Objects are sometimes referred to as ADOR Objects Linking a uCreate Campaign to an ICP Port on uProduce By linking a Print Campaign in uCreate to a uProduce ICP Port the customer information available to the web component of the Campaign will be shared with the print product printed on the desktop uCreate allowing it to be up to date see Linking a Document to an ICP Port not available for uCreate Print Standard on page 45 Using the Link to ICP Port option a user can place website information on the printed piece Once connected to an ICP Port two new Content Objects are automatically added to the Content Object list in the uCreate Panel These Content Objects provide the personalized URL for the website matching the particular recipient as well as the specific Recipient Key This makes it very easy to place the URL on a postcar
29. characters in a string with another set of characters For example you can use this function to clean invalid URL characters from a string Syntax FindAndReplaceChars expressionl expression2 expression3 e expression a string containing the characters to be replaced e expression2 list of characters to be replaced e expresion3 optional Replacement string to be used instead of any of the characters listed in expression2 The string may be empty or contain multiple characters If the string is omitted the characters in expression2 are removed Return value the updated string containing the replaced characters Example The following example replaces the space character with an underscore FindAndReplaceChars John Michael Smith John Michael Smith The following example removes the space character FindAndReplaceChars John Michael Smith JohnMichaelSmith CleanRecipientKey The CleanRecipientKey function allows you to handle invalid characters when adding new Recipient Keys to the Data Source using the INSERT expression This function finds all instances of invalid URL characters space m No aE WEN Dm Xp quotes in the RecipientKey expression and replaces them with the ReplaceInvalidwith string Note ReplaceInvalidWith is optional if you do not specify it the invalid URL characters in RecipientKey will be removed Syntax CleanRecipi
30. displayed Select the appropriate delimiter used to separate data values in your text file and click OK a Ifyou select a Data Source with more than one table the Choose a Table dialog is displayed Select the table you wish to use for creating Content Objects and click OK Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 36 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data When you link the document to a Data Source for the first time uCreate Print automatically creates a Content Object for each column header in the Data Source These Content Objects are displayed in the uCreate Print Panel By default the type of all new Content Objects is Text To filter the list of Content Objects by type select one of the following options from the View drop down list All Types Text Graphic Table Text File Visibility Style Note When you link your document to a Data Source certain types of data files such as FileMaker csv files do not export the column headers causing the Content Objects to appear as the data in the first record To include the column headers in the data file open the file in another program such as Notepad or Microsoft Excel on Windows or such as TextEdit on Mac OS and add the column headers manually Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 37 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Database Fields Usage Available Fields and Primary Field uCreate Print reflects the Data Source structure by making a
31. including Text CSV Microsoft Excel Microsoft Access FoxPro DBF SOL Server and Oracle To link a Document to a Plan 1 From the Options menu select Link to Plan Alternatively you can click the Plan icon 5 Plan The Select a Plan File dialog is displayed 2 Browse to the Plan file and click Open The uCreate Print Panel automatically lists all Content Objects in the Plan file The name of the Plan file is displayed at the top of the Panel The tool tip for the Plan file name shows you the full path of the Plan file and its modification date Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 42 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Editing a Plan When a Plan is linked to a Document you can open and edit the Plan in the uPlan application while you are working with InDesign This option is only available if you have the uPlan module installed on your computer To edit a Plan 1 From the Options menu select Edit in uPlan The uPlan application opens and displays the linked Plan 2 Editthe Plan and save the changes 3 Close uPlan and return to InDesign A message is displayed prompting you to reload the Plan file 4 Click Yes to reload the Plan If any of the changes you made to the Plan affect the Content Objects currently used in your Document the Plan will no longer be compatible with your Document A dialog will appear describing the cause of the incompatibility 5 Chooseone ofthe following Ignore
32. one should think of a Plan as a program that is being repeatedly executed once for each recipient In each of these iterations the Plan performs computations that result in a set of values one recipient specific value for each ADOR Object The process that executes such Plan programs is known as Plan Interpreter and it is part of uPlan and uProduce For more information on uPlan see the uPlan User Guide Chapter 1 Introduction to PersonalEffect 7 PersonalEffect Core Applications uCreate Print uCreate Print uCreate in short is a plug in that adds dynamic design capabilities to the Adobe InDesign application uCreate integrates seamlessly with its host application and allows creating Tagged Documents By linking to the relevant Plan file or Data Source a designer can populate the uCreate panel with the Content Objects that had been defined for the Campaign in the Plan file or derived from the Data Source and then use simple point and click operations to tag design objects with the desired Content Objects uCreate supports online previewing or proofing by linking to Proof Sets or Content Samples which essentially bind the Design with some Data This allows for WYSIWYG previewing of document instances by scrolling through the records of the bound Data uCreate allows designers to implement calls to the XMPie ulmage add on application ulmage allows Adobe Photoshop and Adobe Illustrator users to produce personalized ima
33. using the ulmage Content Object to tag the relevant graphic s in your Document The ulmage Tag values which were previously taken as they were from the Data Source will now be calculated during production according to the customized Rule Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 161 Referencing a uImage Template file Formatting the uImage Output Filename During production each ulmage Content Object is replaced with ulmage output files personalized image files created per recipient The names of the ulmage output files are determined by the Output Filename Format field of the uImage Settings dialog Figure 86 on page 148 The output filename plays an important role in production optimization when ulmage Tag values are reflected by the names of the ulmage output files identical output files receive the same name Files with duplicate names can then be detected enabling the Skip Duplicates functionality to avoid production of existing output Setting the Output Filename Format to the Automatic option ensures that this happens The default uImage output filename format created by the Automatic option is as follows ulmage Template Name ulmage Tag 1 Value uImage Tag 2 Value gt lt uImage Tag n Value gt lt Format Extension Note To accurately reflect the image s values the output filename format must include ALL uImage Tags included in the image For example the personalized images in Figure 80 on page 131 were
34. visible to a Design via the Link to Plan operation of uDirect or uCreate Print In uDirect and uCreate Print the Plan is not explicit it is behind the scenes and is automatically created and maintained to reflect linking to Data Sources adding Content Objects or specifying Rules Hence in uDirect and uCreate Print Content Objects are visible only through the uProduce Panel Content Objects can be of various design centric types for example text graphic etc The designer uses simple point and click operations to tag a design object say a text frame or graphic frame with the desired Content Object Such a tagged design object becomes a Dynamic Object a design object that derives its content and or appearance from the Content Object s value Content Object values are calculated by the Plan s Rules using the given Data Source s These calculations are performed iteratively once for each recipient resulting in a set of recipient specific values for each Content Object In a way one can think of Content Objects as the intermediaries between the Logic that is Plan and Data that is Data Source and the Design that is XMPie tagged Document Glossary 312 Content Samples a set of possible values defined by the user for a given ADOR Object different ADOR Objects can have different sets of values associated with them There are no constraints on these values except that they need to adhere to the type of ADOR Object with
35. which is significantly faster than the standard InDesign production engine e Itis the only document format supported by uEdit XMPie s application for editing documents on the web XLIM documents are created in Adobe InDesign by exporting an open InDesign document to either a XLIM document XLIM a XLIM Document Package DPKG or a XLIM Campaign Package CPKG Any one of these in a similar manner to the matching InDesign documents may then be uploaded to uProduce to create a Print Output file Being a proprietary document format and in order to provide high speed production XLIM supports only part of the features that InDesign documents support To determine which features in the current design are not supported by XLIM and will not be reproduced in an exported XLIM document XMPie provides a XLIM Preflight feature This feature helps the designer convert a regular InDesign document into one that is fully compatible with XLIM capabilities To access XLIM Preflight panel do one of the following e In the uCreate Print panel open the panel menu and select XLIM gt XLIM Preflight e From the InDesign menu choose Window gt Output gt XLIM Preflight Figure 128 shows an example InDesign document with the XLIM Preflight panel displayed specifying the detected problems and suggesting how to fix them Appendix D XLIM Capabilities 307 XLIM Preflight Figure 128 An InDesign Document XLIM Preflight Panel 4 Mu
36. you could use Dynamic Media Selection to assign different media stored in different paper trays to improve production control and the overall workflow When the job is processed the selected media will be automatically chosen from the appropriate paper tray To set up media selection for a spread 1 Determine the type of media value you wish to use dynamic or static a To use a dynamic media value create a Content Object whose return string defines the media selection per recipient as explained below To use a static media value shared by all recipients skip this step and continue to step 2 Note The return string must be in the required Print Output format See Setting the Right Media Value for your Print Output Format on page 196 Figure 104 shows an example Content Object Rule that sets Dynamic Media Selection for the VIPP Print Output format The media is chosen based on the School database column Law students receive blue media the return string is Plain Blue 90 while other students Else value receive white media the return string is Plain White 90 Figure 104 Content Object Rule for Media Selection VIPP Return Strings New Content Object Name MediaSelection Type Text C campaign Dial Annotation extended Functions Rule View QLingo lif E IT School y v String v Law Then value Sting Plain Blue 90 l R Else value w String w Plain White 90 2
37. 150 using the uImage Tags list for Defining Tag Names and Defining Tag Rules Defining Tag Names The Tag names in the uImage Tags list must match their names in the ulmage Template Note If a uImage Tag is not listed here or if it has different names in the ulmage Template and in the uImage Tags list this Tag will not be personalized during production the image will show the Tag s placeholder The Tag naming conventions in the uImage Tags list depend on the type of Tag text vs image Fortext Tags the Tag name must match the Tag s content in the text layer without the angle brackets Forimage Tags the Tag s name in the uImage Settings dialog must match the image layer name in the ulmage Template Defining Tag Rules For text Tags the Tag s Rule typically replaces the placeholder with a recipient specific value of a Data Source field such as First Name To define such a Rule simply select the relevant Data Source field and click Add For image Tags the Tag s Rule replaces the placeholder with a ulmage Asset a Template specific graphic file located in the ulmage Asset folder Alternatively you can use the Rule Editor to define custom Tag Rules just like Content Object Rules The Tag Rules may include multiple Data Source fields and use conditional logic and data manipulation functions For example you can define an lt Age gt ulmage Tag who s Rule manipulates the Birth Date Data Source field t
38. 268 AsNumber F nction isses ere png nhanh hor E RR RR RR dh RR Rn 268 AsString FUNGON 5 eo ey e eee teet e tux ees mere eas Gene Sed 269 GetEnv FUNGUONS 2 50 eee ee eR n CR eI O A fel sace x x SU Se ea NORTE HQ 269 Current Record Number sse res a RR RR ARR n 269 Print Medias ire enn eet ee Recte e DR er Rec ald Pele o ade Ae ater a 270 A 270 HTMLE Media iere RR X CX EAE DUAE UN FUR CR e e e Ren 270 Text Media ii A Pu IUe ga Eque 1m UE EE 270 Host Application s nc ese ed e ka Rack tte RR esr Ron c I Rr e n tS 271 Job Type Lee m x cheers es he a A A eem UR Rs xod Re AS Roe a eR at 272 Document NAME 5 5514 a X ew ma e rcm iow a eR AERA RC RR RC OR Tata 273 Document D 225252 inae ane dice a bE A A EC NES 274 Document TVDe uu A ek ns Sa aren P RR RR AR 274 ulmage Functions ue REIE eR e peu ee E ev ER ERU a ete EUR 276 Image ulmage se ica ciar ca hoe Boye e RE RC a od e ci and 276 lmage Cre ateImage2 tia atu sce w dw a eate telnet d ata ace era Ra 276 ulmage Createlllustration2 eel nn 276 Miscellaneous Operators and Functions ooccoccooooeoerr rh 276 Abort Operator ys A eqs ass ce Db eate ce ERR toe ee RT RR 276 ReportMessage Function eeeeeee e rn 277 Skip Operator s ince esta ci et RI E a RC c EORR Ree RC e 278 Call Function eii ke eAER daa UNTER MUR Rcx x Med is 278 IsFileExist Fuliction i ette iet cnc re xen y OR e n AA pee cn a e CR 278 Recipient Information Field Referen
39. A Z Quiet zone left right 2 mm Input length max 9 digits without check digits Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 251 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters 12345 67890 5 bar coding It is used in the United States for marking of products in retail applications similar to EAN Barcode Name Description Characteristics Symbology Parameter SSCC 18 SSCC18 SSCC 18 is used for Valid characters 0 9 17 digits encoding the Serial 1 check digit TRA Shipping Container s Quiet zone see EAN 125 00 012345678901234560 Code It is used for the sometimes Va inch unique identification of trade items world wide SSCC 18 is based on the EAN 128 symbology with Application Identifier AI 00 The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for the input data Telepen Telepen Telepen can encode Valid characters pairs of digits pairs of characters only pairs of one digit with an X UN MU sak mut cong 1 Quiet zone A w uiet zone n a MAH digits or of one digit and the letter X Telepen Alpha TelepenAlpha Telepen Alpha is the Valid characters ASCII alphanumeric variant of characters between 0 127 A 12Az UCC 128 UCC128 Same as the EAN 128 Valid characters ASCII characters between 0 127 USO 0 maximum 48 characters EAN128 Quiet zone left right 10X min Ya in UPC A UPCA UPC A is used for
40. Adobe InDesign Tagged Text 4 Name the text file and click Save The Adobe InDesign Tagged Text Export Options dialog is displayed Figure 40 Figure 40 Adobe InDesign Tagged Text Export Adobe InDesign Tagged Text Export Options Tag Form Verbose O abbreviated Cancel Encoding Unicode 5 Select Tag Form Verbose and Encoding Unicode and click OK Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 67 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects 6 Repeat steps 1 to 5 for each tagged Text File using the filenames discounstyled and nodiscountstyled if you are using the same sample detailed Setting up Nested Composition with a Plain Text Asset on page 62 or using the names of the Text files you saved in the Assets folder if you used different names 7 Create a new Content Object as a Text File Content Object using the If Then Rule condition as Club level function String Stellar Then Text File String discountstyled Else Text File String nodiscountstyled or use the names of the Text files you saved in the Assets folder if you used different names Figure 41 m Note Make sure you do not type the file extension txt Figure 41 Styled Nested Composition New Content Object New Content Object Name StyledNested Type Text File campaign Dial Annotation Extended Functions Rule View QLingo I2 T dubleve v Sting vw Stelar Then Text F
41. CODABAR 2 CodaBar2 In 1977 the American Valid characters 0 9 A D A D as first or last characters Quiet zone left right 10X Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 230 Functions stacked Code128 symbology It is based upon Code 128 each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits The UCC EAN GS1 format indicator is ISO 8859 1 Barcode Name Description Characteristics Symbology Parameter CODABLOCK F CODABLOCK_F Codablock F is de factoa Valid characters ASCII 0 127 Quiet zone left right top bottom 10X 012345 applications This self checking code offers high data capacity due to encoding pairs of numbers the first digit is encoded in the bars the second in the spaces Thus this symbology can encode only an even number of digits If the number of digits is odd a leading zero will be inserted automatically supported Code 2 of 5 Standard Code20F5 This is a self checking Valid characters 0 9 TM TH code It is used for Quiet zone left right 10X min industrial applications Ya inch 12345 i g 4 INC article numbering photo development ticketing Code 2 of 5 Code20F5IL Widely used for article Interleaved numbering industrial Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 231 Functions Table 37 Suppor
42. Composition with a Plain Text Asset llle 62 Using Nested Composition with Adobe Tagged Text 0 cee 65 Creating a Dynamic Table of Contents and Index llle 68 Using Visibility Content Objects llle RR hn 69 Adding or Removing a Style Content Object to or from Your Design 00 eee eee 70 Overriding Style Definitions lise eh 71 Tagging a Design Object with a Table Content Object sss sees ee 73 Setting Document Preferences o oooooooorrrrr ee 77 Contents V Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 80 Adding or Editing Content Objects using the Rule Editor iilis 80 Content Object Properties 0c cece suegra hu Rok REIR OR EORR RT RTL a 82 Rule Definitions p aa ri Mum c E ME RR RC RC RON 83 Example Content Object RUES esa isa sanca ua rh 85 Defining a Text Content Object Example 1 o oooooooooonorrrnnr ee 85 Defining a Text Content Object Example 2 oooooooooomrrrrnr eee 85 Defining a Text Content Object Example 3 Data Type Conversions o o 86 Defining a Text File Content Object ooooooooooorrr ens 87 Defining a Visibility Content Object sellis ee 87 Defining a Graphic Content Object oooccooooooor ee 88 Defining a Table Content Object ooccccoooooorrr ee 89 Importing Rules from another uCreate Document 0 000 cee e 93 Renaming Content Objects r ska ilius h hh hh E
43. Content Object s value for each recipient Rules are part of the Campaign Logic defined in the Campaign s Plan file but they can also be added or edited using uCreate Print s Rule Editor You can easily obtain your Campaign s Content Objects by linking your InDesign document to the Campaign Data The linking operation may be performed at any stage of the design process as long as you have an InDesign document open Once the document is linked to Logic uCreate Print automatically creates the Content Objects and displays them in the uCreate Print Panel The linking operation is performed in one of the following ways Linking a Document to a Data Source see below uCreate Print creates a Content Object for each column header in the linked Data Source Use this option if you have a simple Data Source such as an Excel file containing name and address information and wish to use straightforward Content Object Rules Linking a Document to a Plan not available for uCreate Print Standard uCreate Print creates the Content Objects defined in the Plan file Use this option for jobs requiring the involvement of a programmer in order to connect to complex Data Sources or define sophisticated Content Object Rules Linking a Document to an ICP Port not available for uCreate Print Standard uCreate Print creates Content Objects for data fields in the linked uProduce ICP Port Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 35 Link
44. Cover keywords are case sensitive If your Print Server processes a later specification of VDX for example ANSI rather than PDM2 then you are not restricted to these three media types However to get XMPie to use media calls that are not PDM2 compliant you must contact XMPie Support to have a registry setting changed so uCreate will put non PDM2 compliant media calls into your VDX output PostScript Output Media Value for Xerox FFPS DocuSP Like VPS the value required for PostScript is any string value but you must name it exactly the same in both InDesign and on the Print Server Also remember that the values are case sensitive on FFPS DocuSP For examples of using these values for PostScript Print Output see Figure 107 on page 199 and Figure 108 on page 199 Postscript Output Media Value for Other Devices Printers It is possible that other printers which are PostScript compatible may be able to use Dynamic Media Selection from XMPie PostScript output For details see your printer s documentation or contact the manufacturer XMPie puts the media call into the PostScript in the following format MediaType xxx gt gt setpagedevice xxx is the string value you enter into the Dynamic Media Selection dialog To use the setpagedevice PostScript call determine whether your Print Server supports the MediaType parameter and what value is required to achieve the selection of the media you want on your printer It is also
45. Data Source selecting a Content Object in the uCreate Print Panel allows you to manipulate it as follows e Insert Content Object to Design create an insertion point in your Document and then insert this Content Object e Rename override this Content Object s name with a new name Type change this Content Object s type Available options are Text Text File Table Graphic Style and Visibility e Edit Rule open the Content Object Editor where you can edit the logical Rule that defines this Content Object Duplicate create a copy of this Content Object e Delete delete this Content Object Goto Shortest display the record that has the shortest value for this Text Content Object e Goto Longest display the record that has the longest value for this Text Content Object New Content Object open the Content Object Editor where you can create a new Content Object for use in your Document These options are described in detail in Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects on page 80 XLIM Work with a XLIM version of this Document XLIM Preflight check if this InDesign Document is compatible with XLIM and choose how to fix incompatible features for details see XLIM Preflight on page 306 Preview XLIM Document preview a XLIM version of the InDesign Document A preview is particularly useful before exporting the XLIM Package to uProduce Choose one of the foll
46. Dual Mode Linking to a Data Source or Linking to a uCreate Printallows you to choose between two modes Linking a Document to a Data Source see page 35 this mode is available to all uCreate Print users The linking operation automatically populates the uCreate Print Panel with Content Objects derived from the selected Data Source and allows you to manage Content Objects Rules using uCreate Print s Rule Editor Linking a Document to a Plan not available for uCreate Print Standard see page 41 The linking operation automatically populates the uCreate Print Panel with Content Objects defined by the Campaign s Plan file Note that these Content Objects are cannot be managed using the Rule Editor Instead they are managed as part of the Plan file using the uPlan application This mode is set per Document and determines which Panel and menu options are available e When you open a Static Document both modes are available the Options menu allows you to choose between linking to a Data Source including a Counter Data Source and linking to a Plan When you open a Dynamic Document which is already linked to Logic the uCreate Print Panel and Options menu enable the relevant settings and disable others Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 41 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data For example Ifthe Document is linked to a Data Source you have different options for managing Content Objects If t
47. Features Support for All InDesign Static Object Features Starting from PersonalEffect version 4 5 all InDesign features of static objects that is design objects that are not tagged with Content Objects are fully supported XLIM production offers extended capabilities in rendering unsupported InDesign objects by converting static design objects to EPS images An EPS image that is produced in that process is common to all recipients therefore it cannot contain dynamic content XLIM does not convert design objects that include missing fonts or whose attribute is set to nonprinting EPS images of converted InDesign objects are stored in a designated folder in the same location as the XLIM file The folder name has the following format InDesign document name Resources However converted EPS images that were produced during the packaging of a XLIM Package File DPKG or a XLIM Campaign Package File CPKG are stored in a different location the Resources folder of the Package file Usability Guidelines When you produce a XLIM Document that contains unsupported design objects you should take the following issues into consideration e Using Transparency on page 303 e Using Text Wrap on page 305 e uEdit on page 305 Using Transparency XLIM does not support transparency It merges overlapping transparent objects into a single EPS image Figure 125 shows an example of an InDesign document that includes two static box
48. Fromthe uCreate Print Options menu select the Set Assets Folder option The Browse for Folder dialog is displayed 2 Select the desired folder and click OK to close the dialog uCreate Print now uses the Assets from the specified folder when displaying the sample data for proofing Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document 122 Working with the Dynamic Document Using XMPie Packages Although uCreate Print is self contained and can serve you fully from design to production if you occasionally require additional capabilities you may achieve these through collaboration with a print server provider who owns the XMPie PersonalEffect software For more details on the collaboration workflow see Chapter 9 Collaborating with Other uCreate or uProduce Users on page 201 After designing the Document you can export it to a Document Package a XLIM Package or a XLIM file and then upload it to the uProduce Server for the final production of the Print Output file Use the XLIM solution to increase the production speed of straightforward designs on the uProduce server A Document or XLIM Package is saved with a dpkg extension and includes the Dynamic Document and all related information and Resources A XLIM file is saved with the xlim extension and includes the Dynamic Document alone without its related information and Resources Being able to send a print service provider your Dynamic Document and not just the print ready ou
49. Functions page 276 ulmage Functions page 276 Literal Constants QLingo supports constant literal values of the following types String Literals Number Literals Date Literals Boolean Constants and the Null Constant String Literals String Literals are used to write strings of text Syntax A string literal is enclosed in double or single quotes A string may include both types of quotes If you have both types of quotes you need to escape the enclosing quote by preceding it with a backslash The actual backslash is ignored as shown below E is Y AM is W Nt is tab nor Vr are used as line feeds media dependent For example for html the line feed is lt br gt therefore n and r will not take effect This holds true unless the rule is defined for html production is N b is b and so on Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 210 Literal Constants Examples The following examples show the escape sequence in the strings Joan s Car Joan s Car JoanN s Car Joan s Car Joan Joan Joan nSmith Joan Smith Joan tSmith JoanSmith text starts with Hello text starts with Hello text starts with Hello textstarts with Hello Joan Joan Number Literals Number literals are used to write text that includes numbers Syntax A number literal can be optionally preceded by a positive or negative sign and can include a decimal point Examples 12
50. Ignore the validation error message will reappear the next time you open the Document after saving To avoid this message edit the Document to accommodate the changes described in the error message or update the ICP Port to reflect the current design The Dynamic Print menu option will be disabled until the error message is handled Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects 58 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects You can create Dynamic Objects by tagging a Design Object with a Content Object For example creating a static graphic frame and tagging it with a Graphic Content Object results in a dynamic graphic frame To create a Dynamic Object in your design you select a design object and double click a Content Object in the Content Objects list This will associate this Content Object with the selected design object You can deselect or select the Highlight Dynamic Objects option to highlight dynamic design objects in your Document When this option is selected your Document will display the name of the Content Object associated with each dynamic design object Tagging a Design Object with a Text Content Object To tag a design object with a Text Content Object 1 Clickthe Type Tool icon and then use the mouse to draw a rectangular area in the Document Alternatively you can make a text selection or use the text insertion point in an existing text frame in th
51. OK to save your changes 7 Backin the uImage Settings dialog click OK to save your changes 8 Backin the New Content Object dialog or Edit Content Object dialog click OK to save your changes Continue your design work using the uImage Content Object to tag the relevant graphic s in your Document When proofing or producing the Document the Personalized Text values will be calculated according to the customized Rule Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 150 Referencing a uImage Template file Referencing a uImage Template file If you choose to reference a standalone ulmage Template the uImage Settings dialog displays the following options Figure 88 Figure 88 uImage Settings dialog for a uImage Template ulmage Settings Template Document C XMPie ulmage_Settings Parking CF HighRes psd Output Folder CXXMPielulmage Settings Output Output Format JPEG JPG y Copy Fitting Mode Overflow and Underflow v Methad Horizontal Scaling J Data Available Fields ulmage Tags T Company UFirst T First Name T Last Name New RID T UFirst Advanced Settings Automatically Play Action w Folder XMPie Parking Action Parking Highr Output Filename Format Custom v Customize Hide Advanced Settings Cancel OK 1 Define the ulmage Content Object settings as described in the table below Table 21 uImage Settings Options Option Descripti
52. Open InDesign s Pages panel and select by double clicking the spread or page to which you want to assign the media 194 Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 195 Printing the Dynamic Document 3 Chooseone of the following Inthe Pages panel menu choose Dynamic Media Selection Alternatively right click anywhere in the spread for which you are setting media selection where no item exists and select Dynamic Media Selection from the context menu Note The Dynamic Media Selection option is available only if you have already used uCreate to link your Document to data a Data Source an ICP Port a Counter or a Plan file The Dynamic Media Selection dialog is displayed Figure 105 Figure 105 Dynamic Media Selection dialog set to the MediaSelection Content Object Dynamic Media Selection Media for spread 1 is O Same as previous Based on the value of mediaSelection my O OK Cancel 4 Specify how to select dynamic media for this spread by choosing one of the following options Table 31 Dynamic Media Selection dialog Option Description Same as The spread will be printed on the same media as the previous spread previous Note Be careful when using this option for the first spread in your Document The first page of the first booklet will not have media settings as expected However for other booklets If you do not explicitly set the media for the first page then t
53. Option Description Insert to Create an insertion point in your Document and then insert this Design Content Object Rename Override this Content Object s name with a new name Type Change this Content Object s type Available options are Text Text File Table Graphic Style and Visibility Edit Rule Open the Content Object Editor where you can edit the logical Rule that defines this Content Object Duplicate Create a copy of this Content Object Delete Delete this Content Object Go to Shortest Display the record that has the shortest value for this Text Content Object Go to Longest Display the record that has the longest value for this Text Content Object Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 40 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Table 4 Content Objects list Context menu Option Description Insert to Create an insertion point in your Document and then insert this Design Content Object Show Data Display the uCreate Print Panel s Data column which lists the value Column of each Content Object for the selected recipient record Hide Data Hide the uCreate Print Panel s Data column which lists the value of Column each Content Object for the selected recipient record New Content Open the Content Object Editor where you can create a new Object Content Object for use in your Document These options are described in detail in Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects
54. Package Output Format Properties Photoshop Only Photoshop Output Option Description Format Photoshop Encoding Select the format in which the image data are saved EPS Possible values EPS Cont e BINARY e ASCII e JPEG if you select JPEG encoding choose one of the following quality settings Low Medium High Maximum Default is BINARY Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 146 Referencing a uImage Document Package Table 20 Document Package Output Format Properties Photoshop Only Photoshop Output Option Description Format PNG PNG Properties PNG Optimization Defaut Optimization Defines how to optimize the personalized image Default the default optimization of this Template type Regular None Image Font or Separated Letters Automatic None no optimization is applied e Custom the personalized image is a specific area of the Template containing all the variable data To use this setting mark the variable area in the Photoshop Template by drawing a rectangular path Automatic uImage automatically detects all variable areas in the Template for each recipient and these areas are used to create the personalized image This option saves the most disk space Note This option cannot be used with Templates that require one of the following scripts Scripts that change the layer structure Scripts that
55. TT Displays an uppercase AM for any hour before noon displays an uppercase PM for any hour between noon and 11 59 P M t Displays an lowercase a for any hour before noon displays an lowercase p for any hour between noon and 11 59 P M tt Displays an lowercase am for any hour before noon displays an lowercase pm for any hour between noon and 11 59 P M Any other Displays as is Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 224 Functions Barcode Function for Print Media uCreate supports adding barcodes for print output The barcodes are generated on the fly based on personalized data Adding a barcode to your Dynamic Document is done by creating a Graphic Content Object whose rule expression contains a call to the XMPBarcode function The XMPBarcode function takes two mandatory parameters Name the name of the barcode see the Name Parameter column in Table 37 on page 227 String to be encoded the value that is encoded by the barcode Example XMPBarcode QRCode http www xmpie com udirect In this example ORCode is the name of the barcode and http www xmpie com udirect is the string to be encoded This function will generate a OR code barcode that once scanned will lead to the http www xmpie com udirect website In addition to the first two mandatory parameters you can provide a third parameter that sets up various additional options The following options are available for furth
56. Templates Folder A Template may be any of the following e An XMPie Document Package DPKG containing a Photoshop file and all components required to complete the design e A Photoshop file PSD e An Illustrator file AI Click Browse to locate the full path or enter the full path to the default Templates folder Output Folder The default folder containing the personalized images for example Film HighRes psd Bo jpg and Film HighRes psd Christiana jpg Click Browse to locate the full path or enter the full path to the default Output folder Assets Folder The default folder containing uImage Asset files recipient specific files used by uImage to personalize a base image For example the photos of a family and of people in a boat embedded in the Film Template shown in Figure 81 on page 132 Click Browse to locate the full path or enter the full path to the default Assets folder To save these ulmage default settings and close the dialog click OK The ulmage default folders are now defined During production the relative paths defined in the uImage Settings dialog Figure 88 on page 150 will be appended to these default folders The relative path to the Template Document will be appended to the default Templates Folder The relative path to the Output Folder will be appended to the default Output Folder In addition if ulmage cannot find the path to a ulmage Asset it wil
57. Use Document Bleed Settings Top Bottom Inside Outside Opo Opo 0p0 0p0 Extract reusable content to external files Extract unique content to external files Add metadata to each record Tag each record as a document group Tag fixed background as a master page The Advanced options are described in Table 29 on page 185 Note The available options vary depending on the chosen Print Output format Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 185 Printing the Dynamic Document Table 29 Dynamic Print dialog Advanced View Option Description PDF Export Settings PDF PDF VT 1 Choose the PDF presets job options file for producing this file All job options files installed on your machine InDesign s Adobe PDF Presets are available for selection Note For PDF VT 1 you can also customize specific job options see Customising PDF VT 1 Export Settings on page 189 Transparency Implementation PDF VT 1 Define how transparency is implemented in the PDF VT 1 output by choosing one of the following options Flatten transparency in print output file default all transparent content is flattened when XMPie produces the Print Output file without relying on the RIP s ability to implement transparency Choose this option in the following cases The RIP has no transparency implementation You are not sure if the RIP PDF VT 1 implementation suppo
58. a document group PPML If your RIP supports Document Groups determine the way to mark a Document set in PPML version 2 1 or a job in PPML version 1 5 in the PPML file When selected each record in the collection of Documents is tagged as a Document set job When deselected the entire collection of Documents in the PPML file is tagged as a single Document set job this is the default option compatible with most RIPs Tag fixed background as a master page PPML amp VDX This option applies only to Xeikon RIPs It allows you to mark a background that is used for all records in a way that enables the RIP to process the Print Output file more efficiently Note If the Document contains one or more Spread Visibility rules no tagging as master page is performed even if this option is checked Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 189 Printing the Dynamic Document Customising PDF VT 1 Export Settings The Advanced view allows you to select any of the predefined job options files as the PDF Export Settings see Figure 100 on page 184 If your Format is PDF VT 1 you can also override specific export features by setting custom values To customize the PDE VT 1 Export Settings 1 Inthe Advanced view set the PDF Export Settings list to Custom The PDF Export Settings dialog is displayed showing a PDF settings preferences structure to use for production Figure 101 Note This dialog allo
59. article Valid characters 0 9 11 digits 1 check digit Quiet zone 9X Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 252 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters Digits 0 123456 Barcode Name v Symbology Parameter Description Characteristics UPC A with 2 Add On UPCAP2 Identical to UPC A but Valid characters 0 9 13 digits Digits with 2 add on digits 1 check digit i The check digit will be Quiet zone left 9 12X right 5X I MAII calculated automatically if it is not specified in rd 25272 72070 the input data The check digit is not displayed in the human readable text UPC A with 5 Add On UPCAP5 Identical to UPC A but Valid characters 0 9 16 digits Digits with 2 add on digits 1 check digit The check digit will be iet left 9 12X right 5X LCN i calculated automatically Qlet zone left 9 12X right 3 BILL IM I if it is not specified in the input data The check digit is not displayed in the human readable text UPC 12 UPC12 The symbologies UPC A Valid characters 0 9 11 digits and UPC 12 are 1 check digit Il Ti identical The check digit Quiet zone 9X THU is calculated ene nd automatically if not specified in the input data that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code
60. as gt gt NoName lt lt in the Edit Content Object window Renaming Content Objects Note This option is available only if you are linked to a Data Source or a Counter and not to a Plan file The Rename option enables you to change the name of the Content Objects used in your Document To rename a Content Object 1 In the uCreate PrintPanel select the desired Content Object and then select Rename from the context menu 2 Inthe Name field type the new name for your Content Object 3 Click OK to save your changes and close the dialog The new name is immediately reflected in the list of Content Objects Changing the Type of Content Objects Note This option is available only if you are linked to a Data Source or a Counter and not to a Plan file The Type option enables you to change the type of the Content Object currently selected in the uCreate PrintPanel To change the type of a Content Object 1 In the uCreate PrintPanel select the desired Content Object and then select Type from the context menu 2 Select the desired Content Object type from the available options Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 95 Managing Content Objects Once you select a type one of the following takes place a If this Content Object is not assigned to any of your design objects the command is executed and the icon of the new type is immediately displayed in the Content Objects list a If this Content Object is a
61. been tagged with the selected Table Content Object Figure 117 Figure 117 A Graphic Frame Tagged with a Table Content Object Showing a Chart Icon sto Frame EDU prospectives Fit Conten prosp Note At this stage the chart icon does not reflect the Table Content Object data It only indicates this graphic frame is tagged with a Table Content Object and that you should now configure the chart properties as explained in the following steps 3 Specify how the Table Content Object data should be presented in this chart by right clicking anywhere in the graphic frame and selecting uChart Properties from the context menu The uChart Properties dialog is displayed Figure 118 on page 282 Appendix B Working with uChart 282 Figure 118 uChart Properties dialog uChart Properties Type Pie Chat v Slice Data Symbol Colors v Neck Preview w c 0 M 0 Y 100 K 0 v Mi c 0m 100 Y 0 k 0 w c 0M 15 Y 100 K 0 v lic 100 m 0 Y 0 k 0 Active Colors 14 Options Font Times New Roman v 110 pt Legend None vj 3D Effect DO separate Slices Merge Small Slices If less than 3 Title Other Chart Options Note used according to documentation for extra control Set the chart properties as explained in Table 42 on page 283 Click OK to close the dialog The graphic is updated according to the settings you have specified When the Table Content Object column
62. by XLIM you can still produce InDesign documents that include wrap objects This capability depends on the following conditions The wrap object should not include properties that may change its appearance For example do not use the Fit Frame to Content option since it may change the size of the frame e The affected frame should not include dynamic content Figure 127 shows an example of a wrap object frame A that affects the text in an overlapping frame frame B The affected frame B must contain static content to allow XLIM to generate the proper EPS image Figure 127 XLIM Using Text Wrap Vrap Object A his box causes a ext wrap effect Affected box must include static content B uEdit uEdit users should take the following issues into consideration e A uEdit object that is created by merging two or more InDesign objects will inherit the Lock attributes of all merged boxes For example if the uEdit Lock Option Location is selected for one frame and that same option is unselected for another frame the frame that is created by merging these two boxes will have that option selected e Thecontents of an InDesign object that was converted to an EPS image cannot be edited in uEdit Appendix D XLIM Capabilities 306 XLIM Preflight XLIM Preflight XLIM is a proprietary document format defined by XMPie XLIM is used for two purposes e It drives a production engine
63. component of a Dynamic Document essentially the Rules the Data Schema and the ADOR Objects exported to the Design uCreate Print for creating the Design component that is the Tagged Documents and uProduce for adding the Data component binding the Logic Data and Design into Dynamic Documents and for processing them as needed Figure 3 Figure 3 Handling Dynamic Documents with PersonalEffect uProduce Binding Data moles ey ere yl uPlan uPlan uGCreate uProduce These applications are highly specialized to address the needs of the professionals they are serving uPlan for the programmer or database administrator uCreate for the designer or studio manager and uProduce for the production manager Sometimes these disciplines are handled by different people in different departments or organizations and sometimes by one or two professionals that cover all disciplines The use of separate tools for different professions but with the common foundations of Dynamic Documents and Campaigns supporting them all promotes a distributed parallel and collaborative workflow This removes Chapter 1 Introduction to PersonalEffect 6 PersonalEffect Core Applications unnecessary coordination bottlenecks and makes the implementation of Dynamic Publishing projects much simpler much more timely and yet highly creative and sophisticated uPlan uPlan is a standalone application installed on your desktop machine running a Windows o
64. determines the arrangement of the printed document s pages on the printer s sheet XMPie offers three imposition options Disabled By default the imposition settings are disabled the Imposition Template drop down list displays Disabled and all the imposition parameter fields are greyed out When imposition is not applied each recipient s document is printed on different printer s sheets Figure 97 Dynamic Print dialog Imposition Disabled Policies Imposition Copies Imposition Template Disabled X Sheet Size Letter Advanced Sheet Dimensions Width SipO Height 66p0 Page Dimensions Width 51p0 Height 66p0 Margin Width OpO Height Op0 Gap X DpO Y OpO Auto Calculate Pages on Sheet Columns 1 Rows 1 Duplex Center Pages on Sheet Draw Page Information Draw Cut Marks X Op0 Y OpO Step and Repeat Step and Repeat is an imposition type that enables you to optimize the press sheet surface by placing several different pages on one printed sheet and printing the Documents duplex head to head Step and Repeat is often used for double sided planning labels postcards and packaging printers Figure 98 When you choose the Step and Repeat option you have to set up its imposition parameters see Imposition Settings on page 181 Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 180 Printing the Dynamic Document Figure 98 Dynamic Print Dialog Step and Repeat Policies Imposition Copies Imposition Templ
65. displays the Options menu Figure 15 These options are described in Table 3 Figure 15 uCreate Options menu v Linkto Data Source Link to Counter Link to Plan Link to ICP Port Set Assets Folder Link to Proof Set Database Fields gt Edit in uPlan View Proof Set Convert Rules to Plan Remove XMPie Content Content Objects XLIM gt Find and Replace Import Export Preflight Dynamic Print Help ulmage Help About XMPie uCreate Add License Deactivate uCreate Preferences Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 29 uCreate Print Panel Options menu Table 3 uCreate Print Options menu Option Description Link to Data Browse to a single table Data Source you wish to link to your Source document uCreate Print automatically creates Content Objects for each column header in the Data Source For further details see Linking a Document to a Data Source on page 35 Link to Counter Aside from linking to common Data Sources such as Microsoft Access Excel etc XMPie allows you to create a Counter Data Source Type A Counter is a single column database that stores sequential numbers with predefined intervals For further details see Linking a Document to a Data Source on page 35 Link to Plan The Plan is the Campaign Logic defined with the uPlan application Browse to the Plan file you wish to link to your do
66. drop down list set to XMPie XLIM Snippet Format Figure 77 on page 128 Figure 77 Using XNIP files in your Document ES Look in E Assets y Oo m EY TextExample xnip e 3 My Network Files of type xi XLIM Sippet Format Cancel Places Open as read only 2 Browse to the relevant xnip file select it and click Open The XNIP File is inserted into the desired location in your Document Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document 129 Working with the Dynamic Document Importing Formatted Text using Content Objects You can import formatted text not only from external files that is Assets using Text File Content Objects but also from the data stream that is from the Logic or from the Data using Text Content Objects Text File Content Objects can now import the new XNIP file format in addition to the previously supported formats a Plain Text txt InDesign Tagged Text txt Rich Text Files rtf Microsoft Word Documents doc e Text Content Objects can now import formatted text in addition to the previously supported Plain Text txt The newly supported formats include InDesign Tagged Text txt a Rich Text Files rtf a XNIP xnip Generating a XLIM PDF Preview You can generate a PDF rendering of the XLIM Document on the desktop Windows only This is particularly useful for preview purposes before exporting the XLIM Package to uProduce In addition XLIM
67. es 105 Figure 67 Maintaining Transparency using X DOT Technology oo ooo 108 Figure 68 Document Lock Options dialog 0 0 ees 110 Figure 69 Example Proof Set Displayed using uPlan s Proof Set Viewer ooo 113 Figure 70 XMPie Export window Exporting the Document as a Proof Set 116 Figure 71 uCreate Panel Content Source Drop Down List Content Samples 118 Figure 72 Goto Longest Address1 llle hr nn 120 Figure 73 XMPie Export dialog kii scs En a a a RR RR n Ra 123 Figure 74 XMPie Import dialog ooooooorrrrr e n nnn 125 Figure 75 Document Import Settings dialog 0 00 es 126 Figure 76 Saving a Text Snippet as a XNIP File xnip llle 127 Figure 77 Using XNIP files in your Document lllsseee enn 128 Figure 78 XLIM Preview Selection dialog 00 0c eee n 129 Figure 79 Regular Graphic Content Object Images Different Images Phone Models for Different Recipients tei oni a ee e be Lee e e xr ak a om RH RR RR ER n 131 List of Figures xvi Figure 80 uImage Graphic Content Object Images A Base Image Personalized with Recipient Specific Text 0 ee eee eee eee 131 Figure 81 uImage Graphic Content Object Images A Base Image Personalized with Recipient Specific Images se sisiane eee hn hr eee eee 132 Figure 82 Rule Editor New Content Object dialog uImage Phot0 ooo
68. files which are used in the design and are fixed throughout production as opposed to Assets which change per recipient An example may be the company logo Rule also known as business rule part of the Logic defined in the Campaign s Plan file Rules are expressions that calculate ADOR Objects values for each recipient Rules can also be added or edited using uCreate Print Rule Editor In this context the terms Logic and Rules are interchangeable Static Document a regular desktop publishing document such as an InDesign document Tagged Document see Design Variable an internal object of the Plan which can be assigned values of expressions OLingo SQL etc A Variable can also be used as input for expressions that compute values of ADOR Objects Variables allow for avoiding repeat computations or data retrievals as well as improved readability of the Plan for later revisions etc Variables are not visible to uCreate Print hence to the designer Glossary 316 X DOT an acronym that stands for XMPie Dynamic Object Transparency X DOT X DOT accurately reproduces by using opaque objects the visual effect of transparency in print output file formats that do not support live transparency It creates one mega object out of several atomic objects that need to be combined to preserve the transparency effects between them Transparency may be created when special effects such as shadow feather
69. for a subset of the recipients list with possibly a few more filtering criteria by executing the Plan for each such selected recipient and storing the resulting ADOR Object values in that recipient s row Sometimes Proof Sets may represent the whole set for which a specific production run is going to be executed In such cases they may be referred to as Production Sets OLingo a scripting language developed by XMPie to allow the use of classical conditional logic such as if then else or switch constructs in expressions that compute values for ADOR Objects or Variables in a Plan file OLingo also supports many domain specific constructs for formatting process control and other data manipulation functions Together with SOL and the ability to call upon external functions OLingo makes the Plan file expressions for example Rules extremely powerful yet not overly complex Recipient the person who receives an individual instance of the Dynamic Document If the Document is static all recipients receive identical copies if the Document is dynamic each recipient receives a unique Document instance which has been personalized based on this recipient s specific data Recipient List a table whose records represent the recipients of a particular Dynamic Document At production time a personalized Dynamic Document instance is generated for each recipient that is record in this Recipient List Resources static graphic
70. for this ADOR Object by the Plan s rules as a function of each recipient s profile that is the recipient data The Plan also defines the Data Schema which describes the structure of a Data Source that can be used by the Logic The Data Schema specifies the following the required tables each table column headers for example First Name Customer ID etc and the type of data they represent for example a string an integer etc and the relationship between these tables for example a common field For example if the Data Schema defines a Data Source with three tables Customers Products and Purchases where each table has a given set of column headers holding given types of fields and there is some relationship between these three tables then any Data Source that supports this Data Schema can be used by the Dynamic Document regardless of whether it is an Oracle MS SOL or MS Access database In other words whenever a particular Data Source and a Plan are bound together ina Dynamic Document they must adhere to the convention that the Data Source schema for example the database schema matches the Plan Data Schema The Design component of the Dynamic Document can be of several different types for print itis an Adobe InDesign document for electronic media it is an HTML document and other types of Designs may be added in the future or as you continue using the PersonalEffect solution The Dynamic Objects
71. in the Design are tagged with the names and types of ADOR Objects Whenever a 1 An example of a relationship between tables is a common field both the Customers table and the Purchases table may share the customer id field where for Customers this field serves as a unique key while for Purchases it identifies purchases made by that customer Chapter 1 Introduction to PersonalEffect 5 PersonalEffect Core Applications Design file and a Plan file are bound together as part of a Dynamic Document they must adhere to the convention that every tagged design object is calling upon ADOR Objects that are defined in the Plan As described earlier ADOR technology also provides the Campaign object see Campaigns on page 3 which essentially defines a collection of Dynamic Documents The unique property of a Campaign is that all of its tagged Designs can be matched to the ADOR Objects defined by its Plan and that the Campaign s Data Source matches the Data Schema defined by its Plan Whenever a Design is added to a Campaign it is automatically checked to see if it matches the Plan ADOR Objects Similarly whenever the Data component is changed it is automatically checked to see if it matches the Data Schema If there is a match then the binding of the three components Logic Data and Design is automatic PersonalEffect Core Applications PersonalEffect consists of three main applications uPlan for specifying the Logic
72. is 12 Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 144 Referencing a uImage Document Package Table 20 Document Package Output Format Properties Photoshop Only Photoshop Output Option Description Format Photoshop EPS Properties EPS EPS Y Save vector data Optimization None Encoding S Binary QOO ASCII O JPEG Quality Save if the image contains vector data check this box to save vector these data data Default is checked Optimization Defines how to optimize the personalized image Default the default optimization of this Template type Regular None Image Font or Separated Letters Automatic None no optimization is applied Custom the personalized image is a specific area of the Template containing all the variable data To use this setting mark the variable area in the Photoshop Template by drawing a rectangular path Automatic ulmage automatically detects all variable areas in the Template for each recipient and these areas are used to create the personalized image This option saves the most disk space Note This option cannot be used with Templates that require one of the following scripts Scripts that change the layer structure Scripts that use the uImage Tag names and values to personalize the Template Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 145 Referencing a uImage Document Package Table 20 Document
73. is True For String expressions Empty String is False otherwise it is True A Date expression is always True Syntax AsBoolean expression Example AsBoolean 1 True Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 268 Functions AsDate Function The AsDate function attempts to evaluate the expression as a date if possible For example the string 23 02 1994 will be evaluated as 23 02 1994 If the expression cannot be evaluated as a date the function fails and an error is reported Null value conversion returns the current date time Number value conversion assumes you are calculating the date starting from 31 12 1899 and adds the given number as the number of days elapsed for example AsDate 1 31 12 1899 Syntax AsDate expression Example AsDate 0210712006 0210712006 AsNumber Function The AsNumber function evaluates the expression as a number Null becomes zero True and False are evaluated to 1 and 0 respectively A string beginning with a number or leading spaces followed by a number returns the number Any other string is evaluated as 0 Syntax AsNumber expression AsNumber 23ab is evaluated as 23 AsNumber ab23 is evaluated as 23 and ab is evaluated as 0 Example AsNumber 5 5 AsString Function The AsString function evaluates the expression as a string Null becomes an empty string Syntax AsString expression Examples Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions
74. matching Owner ID field of the Owners txt Data Source Based on this mapping the new Rule can calculate the Table Content Object s value for each recipient resulting in a table where each row specifies a particular stock purchase made by the given recipient To add a new Table Content Object for example the Purchases Table Content Object 1 Right click anywhere in the uCreate PrintPanel and select New Content Object from the context menu The Rule Editor s New Content Object dialog is displayed Figure 57 on page 91 2 In the New Content Object dialog go to the Type drop down list and select Table Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 90 Managing Content Objects The Rule section of the dialog is replaced by a Table Structure and Data Information section In the Table Structure and Data Information section go to the Source field and click Browse The Select Data Source dialog is displayed Figure 56 on page 90 Figure 56 Select Data Source dialog Select Data Source x Look in o Data Sources y Qr far Fe Owners txt A B Purchases Exk My Recent Documents E Desktop gt A My Documents QE My Computer LY NETA File name Purchases txt y Places Files of type All Readable Files Cancel 2 Browse to the Data Source you wish to add for example Purchases txt select it and click Open Opening a Data Source changes the New Content Object display as follows
75. n rm kd gon a Rn RR aan 94 Changing the Type of Content Objects 2 2 rn 94 Duplicating a Content Object i sis lae rrr tk hh RR akon kh ERR DADA ARR RR RR adn 95 Deleting a Content Object iiec RR ek RR E oa EUER a A wae RETE DT n 96 Chapter 5 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects 97 Dynamic Text Properties bicis deme B tore om oe Rs Ny bed cer mt et i la ee Ri e s Bs 97 Dynamic Text File PropertieS 0 2 isses t hh he heh hh ho Rh eee 98 Dynamic Story Properties i ele ke Set eite Re RR EE Ge DE ee Pada A 98 Suppress Trailing Spaces on Empty Content a s a 0 cece nn 99 Suppress Table Content Object when Empty 000000 cece eee eee ees 100 Dynamic Story Length Handling 0 00 cee ee 101 Dynamic Graphic Properties 000 ccc es 105 Using XMPie Dynamic Object Transparency X DOT Technology esee 107 X DOT Usability Considerations llle III 108 Design G ldelines watios emp C Rn kn re e aa ER HEC E 108 Contents vi Setting Up XLIM Document Editing Permissions iile 109 Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document 112 Dynamic Content Sources iv ule arene Area a yet e ee Rees Hee ee eae eee Moe 112 Data SOUTO pu niue A Ee ee RR Rx See oa bk ak oe era De es 112 Proof Sets eui A dew Picasa baa as Cp abeat Ra BAR nce IRR a ae St CN Re a 113 Content Samples 223 a id E eB gue esce ce dara ads s 114 edu JE 114 Using Values from a D
76. next to the Paragraph Style list and selecting your choices of style overrides in the Style Overrides dialog Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 84 Managing Content Objects Figure 52 Style Overrides dialog M Override Font Times New Roman Override Style Regar ve Vv Override size 24pt xl Override Color Named y BW Black cancel Figure 52 shows an example where the InDesign style original properties were overridden with custom properties as follows the font family was changed to Times New Roman Regular font style the font size was changed to 24 pt and its color to Black These settings will take effect regardless of what is defined in the InDesign Style as specified by the Style Content Object Note For Color override you can select between the Named colors option which includes a list of color presets and the Unnamed colors option which allows you to define the color CMYK values The Rule Editor s fields are menu driven Any time you make a menu selection the subsequent interface options reflect the current options available based on your selection For example if you are defining a conditional expression the first line of the expression will end with a menu containing a list of condition operators for example AND OR gt Rule Building Blocks The building blocks you can select from the drop down menus include Conditions used to compare expressions made up of database field
77. of layers or spreads that have visible Content Objects assigned to them You can also access the Layers Panel by opening the Window menu and selecting Layers Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 70 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects Adding or Removing a Style Content Object to or from Your Design The Style Content Object is used to apply a desired format as opposed to content using one of the following types of Adobe InDesign styles Character Styles when applied to text the Style Content Object can be used to format text attributes such as color font size etc You can also override a text style attributes with alternative font including the font size font style and font color see Overriding Style Definitions on page 71 Note Once a Character Style Content Object is applied to text it overrides any static InDesign style Existing static styles are replaced by the Style Content Object and new styles cannot be applied on top of the Style Content Object Object Styles when applied to a frame whether a text frame or a graphic frame the Style Content Object can be used to format frame attributes such as fill stroke corner effects etc In both cases the value of the Style Content Object must be the name of an InDesign document Character Style or Object Style The Style Content Object can then be applied to any type of text or object whether static or dynamic that is text or objects that ar
78. of pages to each recipient s personalized Document instance so that the story overflow fits into the auto generated pages The dynamic length story to which this feature is applied is known as an Auto Flow story When these features are activated you are provided with a preview of the final results when you proof the data within your design During production the system notifies you if the text still overflows from a frame after the Dynamic Story Length Handling feature has been applied p Note If you set Copy Fitting and or Auto Flow options and then attempt to edit text within the story frame while previewing data you will receive an alert To edit the text click OK The Copy Fitting and or Auto Flow will be temporarily disabled on screen and the text will be presented in its original form Copy fitting and or Auto Flow are still active for this story and will remain in effect during proofing and printing To use dynamic story length handling 1 Click anywhere inside the desired dynamic story text frame and then right click the mouse button 2 Select Dynamic Story Properties from the context menu and then select Dynamic Story Length Handling The Dynamic Story Length Handling dialog is displayed Figure 65 Chapter 5 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects 102 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects Figure 65 Dynamic Story Length Handling dialog Dynamic Story Length Handling dv Auto Flow Mold Spread 1
79. only Red To set the media weight only 90 For an example Content Object Rule that sets Dynamic Media Selection with VIPP return strings see Figure 104 on page 194 VIPP Output Media Value for Xerox iGen FFPM DocuSP The media value required by the Xerox iGen is almost identical to the VIPP media value described above However the iGen requires two additional parameters Front Coating and Back Coating In this case the media value parameters are defined in the following format MediaType MediaColour MediaWeight MediaFrontCoating MediaBackCoating Examples e Plain White 90 Uncoated Uncoated e Plain White 120 Gloss Uncoated By default the valid settings for iGen coatings are Uncoated Glossy HighGloss SemiGloss Satin and Matte Itis also possible to use other coating settings but these must first be setup on the Gen Press Interface not on the FFPM DocuSP VPS Output Media Value for Creo Spire Print Servers For the VPS Print Output format the media value can be any text value You can use spaces and other characters but you must make sure you replicate the name exactly in both InDesign and on the Print Server Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 199 Printing the Dynamic Document The following figures show example media values for VPS or Post Script PS Print Output Figure 107 shows how to specify static stock for a spread in the VPS or PS Print Output format Figure 107 Specifying S
80. proof a Your Assets folder e If your Document is linked to a Data Source provide collaborators with the following files a A shortened version of your Data Source with a few sample records a Your Assets folder To share all Campaign materials If your collaboration with other users includes all Campaign materials export your Document as a CPKG A CPKG is useful for uploading the Document as a new Campaign to uProduce to benefit from uProduce s production capabilities This file format is also recommended when exchanging files for troubleshooting purposes for example when you wish to send your Campaign files to XMPie Support Collaborating with uProduce users There are four collaboration scenarios between uCreate and uProduce users e Uploading a Campaign Package from uCreate to uProduce e Uploading and Downloading Document Package Files between uCreate and uProduce Importing a Proof Set Generated by uProduce Linking a uCreate Campaign to an ICP Port on uProduce Chapter 9 Collaborating with Other uCreate or uProduce Users 204 Collaborating with Other uCreate or uProduce Users Uploading a Campaign Package from uCreate to uProduce The uCreate user packs the job Design Data Assets and Rules in a Campaign Package file This file allows the uProduce user to automatically create an XMPie Campaign including Plan design data and Assets connections from the work done by the uCreate user Once a Campa
81. recipients A simple Graphic Content Object Rule may define the Asset name as the value of a Data Source field For example Figure 13 on page 27 and Figure 14 on page 27 show an example Document personalized for two recipients Jane and Jerry Each recipient has a different school Asset In this case the Graphic Content Object that points to the school Asset is based on the following A Data Source column named School which defines the school name of each recipient for example Engineering Medicine Law etc e An Assets folder containing an image named after each school for example Engineering jpg Medicine jpg Law jpg etc Note uCreate automatically recognizes the graphic file s format As long as the graphic name is the same as the Data Source value for example Law the value does not have to include the file extension for example jpg In this case to define the Graphic Content Object simply set its Rule to the value of the School column Figure 55 Figure 55 Example Graphic Content Object Rule Edit Content Object School Name School Type Graphic 1 Campaign Dial Annotation i Extended Functions Cancel Rule View QLingo Graphic T School v lt Preview Engineering Recipient 14 4 1 b bl of 99 Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 89 Managing Content Objects 3 Note Instead of pointing to a regular Asset the Gra
82. rendering 185 image rendering 186 Importing Rules 93 Imposition see Step amp Repeat 179 180 InDesign 7 IsFileExist function 278 IsNullOrEmpty function 263 J Job Type function 272 K Key 89 L Label chart 283 LCase function 262 Length function 263 License deactivate 14 Linking counter 29 Data Source 29 Document to Plan 29 41 Plan file 29 Proof Set 29 Literal Constants 209 Boolean Literals 211 Date Literals 210 Null Constant 211 Number Literals 210 String Literals 209 Literals Date 210 number 210 string 209 Logical Constants 211 Logical Expressions 214 logical pages 182 Lower case formatting 262 LTrim function 264 M Maintain transformation 106 Index 320 Media selection 194 VIPP example 194 Miscellaneous operators and functions Abort operator 276 Call operator 278 IsFileExist function 278 ReportMessage function 277 Skip operator 278 Missing Assets 176 Missing Fonts 176 Mold row 75 N Now function 221 Null Constant 211 Null Literals Literal Constants 211 Number Literals 210 Numeric functions 217 ABS 217 Ceil 217 Floor 217 FormatNumber 217 Rand 219 Round 219 O Options menu 28 Output element definition 313 Overflow 98 101 103 P Package export 32 XLIM 122 Page dimensions 182 Palette data column 23 PDF 188 Personalization 313 Personalized Text 147 Plan editing 30 42 linking to 29 41 reloading 42 Policy 176 PostScript dynamic media selection 200 PP
83. right 10X min D Ya inch Code concatenation is possible if the first encoded character is a space subsequent barcodes are concatenated by the scanner Code 93 Full ASCII Code93FA Based upon Code 93 but Valid characters ASCII encodes the complete characters between 0 127 ASCII character set One i iaht of the four available a left right 10X min control characters is used to shift into the ASCII character table Code 128 Code128 Modern high density Valid characters ASCII symbology characters between 0 127 04100 Heavily used in all areas Quiet zone left right 10X min Uses a built in check Ya inch digit Modulo 103 This check digit is part of the code and cannot be omitted It is never printed in the human readable text Scanners are checking it when reading a code but do not deliver the check digit to connected systems Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 234 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters i AA TS symbology It is a technique to generate arbitrary postal codes like for instance the Australian Postal Codes or the Royal Mail 4 State code Each input character stands for a specific bar type and there are 4 different bar types e D or d Descender e A or a Ascender e F or f Full e T or t Transmitter Barcode Mame Description Characteris
84. rr 38 Content Object List Context MenU o oooococconorcrana eee 39 Dual Mode Linking to a Data Source or Linking toa Plan leeren 40 Switching Modes rd a Ru Ra RUMOR RR UR KORR ang ae a Y SEE any 41 Linking a Document to a Plan not available for uCreate Print Standard 41 Editing a Plan cues a xam Rmi ane A eoe xa a Ae CR e RC ied 42 Reloading A Pl PP 42 Converting Content Object Rules to a Plan File lille 43 Linking a Document to a Proof Set oooooooooooorrrrr ee 44 Linking a Document to an ICP Port not available for uCreate Print Standard 45 Re linking a Document to an Updated or Different Data Source o oooocoooommmoo 49 Matching the Previous and Current Data Sources 1 cc ees 49 Relinking a Document to an ICP Port not available for uCreate Print Standard 57 Tagging Design Objects with Content ObjectS ooooooocoococnn nh 58 Tagging a Design Object with a Text Content Object llle 58 Tagging a Design Object with a Graphic Content Object o ooooooommomomm oo oo 59 Tagging a Design Object with a Text File Content Object s an nsaan aaan 59 Tagging a Design Object with an Automatic Web Content Object oooooooooo 60 Using Nested Composition s lt ca te iea e cmm hh Rh nh m n rh RR e Re Rc e cR a ace E Rom Ron 61 Tagging an Asset File with Content Object Reference lel 61 Setting up Nested
85. static to dynamic A Dynamic Object derives its content and or appearance from the ADOR Object s recipient specific value as opposed to showing a pre set static value Dynamic Publishing a discipline of Publishing that aims to produce any customizable document in any media on demand Dynamic Publishing extends Variable Data Publishing VDP into digital print and electronic media focusing not only on final output media but also on creating documents with dynamic content from Design to Production Logic the set of ADOR Objects the OLingo expressions that compute their values for a given recipient and the interface to Data In the PersonalEffect context the terms Logic and Rules are interchangeable Output Element a representation of a design element such as text frame image frame lines and other shapes in the Print Output file There are two types of output elements Reusable content a reusable content is an output element reused within a personalized print job also known as Recurring content Typical examples include a logo image a signature boilerplate text etc Unique content a unique content is an output element that is unique to a record within a personalized print job Typical examples include text frame with the recipient name and or address social security number etc In general all images are classified as Reusable content However an image may be considered a Unique content when
86. string This function returns true if the string is NULL or empty and false otherwise Syntax IsNullOrEmpty expression Example IsNullOrEmpty Address2 returns the value of false if Address2 contains a value and true if it is either NULL or Empty SubString Function The SubString function retrieves a sub string from expressionl with expression3 characters starting from the position expression2 Syntax SubString expressionl expression2 expression3 Where e expression is always regarded as a string even if it appears as a date or number it will be interpreted as a string e expression indicates the starting position of the substring For example 0 represents the first character position in expression1 1 represents the second character position etc e expression3 is the number of characters retrieved For example 3 retrieves three characters 0 retrieves an empty string etc A value of 1 indicates that all characters until the end of expression1 should be retrieved Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 264 Functions Examples SubString abcd 1 2 bc SubString James 2 2 me SubString 1973 0 2 19 SubString James 2 1 mes Trim Function The Trim function trims leading and trailing white spaces in the expression Syntax rim expression Example rim hello WORLD hello WORLD LTrim Function The LTrim function trims leading white spaces in the exp
87. supports superscript and subscript font styles Note XLIM PDF preview requires Adobe Acrobat to be installed on your machine To generate a XLIM preview 1 From the Options menu select Preview xlim Document The XLIM Preview Selection dialog is displayed Figure 78 Figure 78 XLIM Preview Selection dialog XLIM Preview Would you like to preview your document using Adobe InDesign or A Adobe PDF C Adobe InDesign Adobe PDF Cancel Preview Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document 130 Working with the Dynamic Document Table 18 XLIM Preview dialog Option Description Adobe InDesign Creates an InDesign Document that contains XLIM supported elements only You can now continue working on this design Adobe PDF Creates a PDF preview of the current displayed record using XLIM engine Note Errors that occur during preview process are displayed in a separate window 2 Click Preview to generate a XLIM preview of your selection Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate Graphic Content Objects personalize your Document by displaying recipient specific images Regular Graphic Content Objects allow you to display different images for different recipients For example in a phone upgrade Campaign each recipient may receive an image of his or her phone model Figure 79 Figure 79 Regular Graphic Content Object Images Different Images Phone Models for Different Recipients
88. that are used as Content Objects MUST be handled either match them with fields of the current Data Source or convert them to static text The following sections explain how to perform Data Source Matching Triggered by Changes in the Document and Data Source Matching Triggered by Changes in the Data Source Data Source Matching Triggered by Changes in the Document When a Document is linked to a Data Source and you try to link it to an updated or different Data Source uCreate Print detects the mismatch between the Data Sources and launches the Link to Data Source wizard The following procedure explains how to match the Data Sources and re link your Document to data To re link a Document to an updated or new Data Source 1 Open the linked Document you wish to re link to data 2 From the uCreate Print Panel menu choose Link to Data Source The Select Data Source dialog opens Figure 25 Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 50 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Figure 25 Select Data Source dialog Select Data Source Look in Verification campaign 4 5 1 assets 4 Resources My Recent ENeDU prospectives csv Documents MMS Desktop My Documents qs My Computer File name EDLI prospectives New csv My Network Files of type All Readable Files Browse to the Data Source you wish to link to and click Open Specify Data Source specific settings
89. the Recipient List while the secondary Data Source may provide additional information on each recipient such as their monthly use of cellular phones The same Table Content Object data may be displayed in your Document in two different formats tabular or graphic chart depending on the type of frame you are tagging text or graphic To create dynamic tables use the Table Content Object to tag a text frame This procedures is described in the following section Using a Table Content Object to Create a Dynamic Table To create dynamic charts use the Table Content Object to tag a graphic frame See Appendix B Working with uChart on page 280 Note You must have a uChart license to create dynamic charts If you do not have a license the dynamic charts will appear with a watermark Using a Table Content Object to Create a Dynamic Table You can insert a Table Content Object into your design in two different ways Create anew dynamic table using a Table Content Object e Apply a Table Content Object to an existing static InDesign table In both cases note that in addition to the Content Objects assigned to the dynamic table s columns you may assign other Content Objects and static design elements to the dynamic table s cells Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 74 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects To create a new dynamic table 1 Click the Type Tool icon and then use the mouse to dra
90. the HIBC LIC Format An additional modulo 43 check digit is required Barcode Name Description Characteristics Symbology Parameter GS1 DataBar Stacked GSiDataBarStack This symbology is similar Valid characters 0 9 13 digits ed to GS1 DataBar but itis 1 check digit P irri T m into E make Quiet zone none required 1X the symbol smaller It is recommended used for pharmaceutical packaging Omni directional scanning is not possible GS1 DataBar Stacked GSiDataBarStack This symbology is similar Valid characters 0 9 13 digits Omni directional edOmni to the GS1 DataBar 1 check digit Stacked and supports Quiet zone none required 1X omni directional recommended l scanning GS1 DataBar GS1DataBarExpSt This is the stacked Valid characters A Z a z 0 9 Expanded Stacked acked version of GS1 DataBar ISO 646 charset ee The number Quiet zone none required 1X of data segments per recommended row can vary between 4 and 22 The default number of data segments is 4 HIBC LIC 128 HIBCLic128 A Health Industry Valid characters 0 9 AZ Space Quiet zone left right 10X min Ya inch Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 241 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters EU9C83416F 234H159 Barcode PAS Provider Applications Standard PAS HIBC PAS 128 is based on the symbology Code 128 The data format corres
91. the desired text frame using the Selection Tool 5 aand then choose one of the following a Ona Windows machine right click to display the context menu On the Mac use cmd click to show the context menu Select Specialty Imaging from the context menu The Specialty Imaging dialog is displayed Figure 123 Figure 123 Specialty Imaging Dialog Specialty Imaging v Enable Specialty Imaging Effect FlourescentMark UV Color SI Uv BLUE12 Preview Select the Enable Specialty Imaging check box Select the required Specialty Imaging effect from the Effect drop down list Available effects are FlourescentMark and MicroText Mark You are required to set an additional parameter Color or Font depending on the selected effect a For FluorescentMark select a color from the Color drop down list p Note A recommended option for viewing text exclusively in UV lighting is the SI UV GOLD1 color with the Impact font 16 points a For MicroText Mark select a font from the Font drop down list A preview of the selected effect is displayed in the Preview pane Appendix C Specialty Imaging 294 Defining a Specialty Imaging Effect 6 Click OK to save your changes A confirmation message is displayed describing the expected results of applying the effect 7 Click OK to confirm 8 Thetext frame content in the Document changes to reflect the selected effect as follows see Figure 124 FluorescentMark
92. the dialog Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 38 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data p Note If you have mistakenly deselected fields that are currently linked in your Document uCreate Print displays a warning allowing you to match these fields to any of the chosen fields For details on matching different Data Sources see Re linking a Document to an Updated or Different Data Source on page 49 Setting the Primary Field Similarly uCreate Print uses the Data Source definition of a Primary field that is the column header that uniquely identifies each recipient such as a social security number passport number driver s license number email etc However for a specific Document you may prefer to use a different primary field To set the Data Source s Primary field 1 Fromthe Options menu select Database Fields Set Primary Field The Set Primary Field dialog is displayed Figure 17 Figure 17 Set Primary Field dialog Set Primary Field The popup below lists the field names contained in the data source One of these fields is the primary field used by OnDernand production to identify the recipient Select one of these fields as the new primary field Primary Field Zip v 2 From the Primary Field drop down list select the field you wish to use as the unique identifier of recipients Click OK to save your settings and close the dialog Linking a Document to Counter Data Sources Aside from
93. the expression and there is no default case the value of the Switch statement is Null Example Switch category Case PLATINUM 250000 Case GOLD 70000 Case SILVER 30000 Default 10000 Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 217 Functions Functions Numeric Functions ABS Function The ABS function gets the absolute value of the number expression Syntax ABS number expression Example ABS 5 5 Floor Function The Floor function floors the number expression Syntax Floor number expression Example Floor 3 78 3 Ceil Function The Cei1 function ceils the number expression Syntax Ceil number expression Example Ceil 3 12 4 FormatNumber Function The FormatNumber function formats the number in expression1 according to the format specification in expression2 expression2 represents the input string using three special characters 0 and see Table 35 You can also use other characters such as the dollar sign Any character other than 0 and remains as it was in the format specification Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 218 Functions The dot divides the number into to parts integral and fractional The digits in each part are ordered as follows Integral part to the left of the dot expression adds digits from right to left that is from the smallest position to the largest position depending on the
94. tint Font types OTF TTF Type 1 same as uProduce and unicode fonts including Symbol Autoflow duplicates pages until all text fits into the Document Kerning controls the spacing between two characters XLIM supports Metrics and Manual kerning methods It does not support the Optical method Tracking applies spacing between characters within a selected block of text Tracking settings are always manual You define the amount of space to be inserted between the characters Text File Content Objects plain text that is txt file containing strings only and XNIP files xnip m Note XNIP files are not supported by uEdit Missing text Assets handling including emitting missing text code Subscript and superscript the parameters for subscript and superscript are defined in the Document level Indent to here character Bullets and numbering with the following limitations a Bullet font is ignored the paragraph font overrides any special font attributes of the list s bullets or numbers a The bullets and numbering definition supports only the following special characters it current number in current level 9 current number in specified level t tab consistent with tab support in XLIM Bullet alignment is ignored a List options are ignored you cannot continue bulleted and numbered lists over different text stories whether these stories are in the s
95. use the uImage Tag names and values to personalize the Template Photoshop None PSD PSD Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 147 Referencing a uImage Document Package Defining Personalized Text For Templates whose type is Image Font or Separated Letters uCreate s uImage Settings dialog does not define uImage Tags but Personalized Text The Personalized Text property is set in Photoshop in the uImage Settings section of the Export XMPie uImage Document Package dialog to one of the following First and Last Name this is the most commonly personalized text whose default Rule is to use the values of the First Name and Last Name Data Source fields Custom this option is used to create personalized text based on any of the Data Source fields such as the recipient s title city club name etc Note The Rule for calculating the Personalized Text value must be defined here otherwise the uImage Tags that serve as placeholders for this text will not be personalized during production Defining the Personalized Text Rule Personalized Text Rules are defined using a Rule Editor just like uImage Tags Rules and Content Object Rules A Rule may include multiple Data Source fields and use conditional logic and data manipulation functions Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 148 Referencing a uImage Document Package To define the Personalized Text Rule 1 Inthe uImage Settings dialog go to the D
96. v Generate at Least One Mold Spread Instance IV Generate at Most Hi Mold Spread Instances JW Copy Fit on overtow y Min Max Step Pa Ep 2 En z v3 Ens Ei Ges 3 Make any necessary adjustment to the Auto Flow and Copy Fitting parameters 4 Click OK to save your changes and close the dialog The Dynamic Story Length Handling dialog options are described in the following table Table 13 Dynamic Story Length Handling dialog Option Description Auto Flow Automatically adds the required number of pages to each recipient s personalized Document instance so that the story overflow fits into the auto generated pages Mold Spread Select the spread to be used as the mold which will be added as many times as needed per recipient to the Document in order to fix the overflow of the Auto Flow story All static and dynamic design elements on this mold spread which are not included in the frames of the Auto Flow story are duplicated on the generated spread instances Chapter 5 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects 103 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects Table 13 Dynamic Story Length Handling dialog Option Description Generate at least one mold spread instance By default at least one instance of the mold spread exists in the Document for all recipients even when the story does fit without overflowing into its frames in other spreads wit
97. which they are associated for example the Content Samples associated with a Graphic ADOR Object should be a set of images For example one can define three images CarA CarB and CarC as the possible values of a CarPicture Graphic ADOR Object It is then possible to flip through these Content Samples to see how the different images appear in the Design without being forced to rely on a complete Plan or on Proof Sets that may not necessarily be available at the early stages of the design process Content source the source that provides values that feed the ADOR Objects via Rules or directly which in turn change the content or format of the Dynamic Objects in your design There are different types of content sources including Data Sources Proof Sets and Content Samples Data one of the Dynamic Document s basic components In the XMPie context the Data component is represented by Data Sources and Asset Sources Data Schema a description of the Data Source structure that is expected by the Logic The Data Schema specifies the following the required tables each table s column headers for example First Name Customer ID etc and the type of data they represent for example a string a numeric etc and the relationship between these tables for example a common field Data Source represents the Dynamic Document s Data component which is common to all Dynamic Documents in a given Campaign
98. 01 12 01 MMM Displays the month as an abbreviation for example Jan MMMM Displays the month as a full month name for example January Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 223 Functions Table 36 FormatDate function Characters used to Set Date Formats Option Description y Displays the year number 0 9 without leading zeros yy Displays the year in two digit numeric format with a leading zero if applicable yyy Displays the year in three digit numeric format yyyy Displays the year in four digit numeric format h Displays the hour as a number without leading zeros using the 12 hour clock for example 1 15 15 PM hh Displays the hour as a number with leading zeros using the 12 hour clock for example 01 15 15 PM H Displays the hour as a number without leading zeros using the 24 hour clock for example 1 15 15 HH Displays the hour as a number with leading zeros using the 24 hour clock for example 01 15 15 m Displays the minute as a number without leading zeros for example 12 1 15 mm Displays the minute as a number with leading zeros for example 12 01 15 s Displays the second as a number without leading zeros for example 12 15 5 ss Displays the second as a number with leading zeros for example 12 15 05 T Displays an uppercase A for any hour before noon displays an uppercase P for any hour between noon and 11 59 P M
99. 13 Compress output 176 Conditions Rule 84 Constants Environment 269 Logical 211 Content Object 4 data column 23 40 59 70 deleting 39 96 duplicating 39 95 editing 208 Graphic 25 list 21 properties 82 renaming 94 Rule 34 Rule Editor 208 Style 26 Table 280 text properties 97 98 type 25 94 Visibility 25 Content Samples 118 Context menu 39 Control Statements 215 If Else 215 Switch 216 Conversion functions 267 AsBoolean 267 AsDate 268 AsNumber 268 AsString 269 Copy fitting overflow 151 underflow 151 Counter Data Source 38 linking to 29 CPKG usage 203 Creo Spire print servers VPS output media value 198 Current Record Number function 269 Cut marks 183 D Data Schema 4 Data Source 2 linking to 29 Date functions 219 Age 221 FormatDate 222 GetDay 219 GetDayofWeek 220 GetHour 220 GetMinute 221 GetMonth 220 GetSecond 221 GetYear 220 Now 221 Date Literals 210 Literal Constants 210 Deactivate license 14 Index 318 Document Document 4 Package 122 static 315 Document Type function 274 DPKG usage 202 Duplex printing 182 Dynamic Document 4 dynamic graphic properties 105 Dynamic media selection 194 PostScript output for Xerox FFPS DocuSP 200 PPML VDX 199 value per print server 196 VIPP output for Xerox FFPM DocuSP 198 VIPP output for Xerox iGen FFPM DocuSP 198 VPS output for Creo Spire print servers 198 Dynamic Objects 4 Dynamic print 33 Dynamic properties 97 story 98 text 97 98 Dy
100. 18 Introduction to uCreate Campaign to a Port will allow you using the Content Objects and RURL Recipient Key from the hosted Data Source Linking your uCreate Campaign to an Existing ICP Port If you wish to connect to an existing ICP Port on uProduce go directly to step 4 in the previous flow In that case you will have to enter the correct connection details to the existing uProduce Port Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print The uCreate Print plug in enables you to create Dynamic Documents by tagging static design objects for example a graphic frame a string of text etc with variables known as Content Objects Content Objects are automatically created by uCreate Print and displayed in the uCreate Print Panel when you link your InDesign document to the Campaign Logic This chapter explains how to get started with uCreate Print by taking the following steps 1 Opena new or existing InDesign document 2 Display the uCreate Print Panel see uCreate Print Panel on page 20 3 Display the Options menu see uCreate Print Panel Options menu on page 28 4 Link your document to the Campaign Data see Linking a Document to your Campaign Data on page 34 5 Tagstatic design objects with Content Objects see Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects on page 58 The following chapters explain how to perform more advanced operations such as manually managing Content Objects and generating the Print Outpu
101. 2 03 01 2002 2 01 01 2002 The sign between dates in order to get the difference in number of days 03 01 2002 01 01 2002 2 Comparisons You can use comparisons in logical expressions Syntax Comparisons use the general syntax of expression compOp expression The compOp can be one of lt lt 1 lt gt pos Ot gt are the sam lt gt are the sam The comparisons have lower precedence than the arithmetic so writing 5 3 gt 2 9 is equivalent to writing 5 3 2 9 Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 214 Logical Expressions Logical Expressions Logical expressions allow you to define a number of conditions and to make comparisons Syntax A logical expression is a logical constant a comparison or a logical expression made by using the following logical operators NOT OR AND Not and are the same The logical expressions have a lower precedence than comparisons so writing 5 gt 10and3 5isthesame as 5 gt 10 and 3 5 The logical expressions are evaluated in order Therefore when writing if a NULL AND a b the first expression is evaluated first and only if it evaluates to True the second expression is evaluated as well The logical OR works the same as the logical AND except that in this case after an expression that is evaluated to True is found the check is stopped and the return value is True Example
102. 2 Check the Status of the Variable Intelligent PostScript Printware VIPP lfitis Enabled you can use VIPP from XMPie applications Ifitis Disabled use PostScript from XMPie applications Figure 106 DocuSP FFPM License Manager License Manager ErPwL O eau Vaa Enabied 25an O E El PostScript Interpreter Feature valid Enabled 25 Jan 2011 E Preflight Feature Enabled 25 Jan 2011 El SNMP Gateway Feature Enabled 25 Jan 2011 E TCP IP Socket Gateway Feature Enabled 25 Jan 2011 E TIFF Interpreter Feature Enabled 25 Jan 2011 E Tape Client Gateway Feature Invalid Disabled E Time and Materials Diagnostics Feature Invalid Disabled E Variable Intelligent PostScript Printware Feature Valid Enabled 25 Jan 2011 E Xerox 700 Digital Color Press Feature Valid Enabled 25 Jan 2011 El Xerox Avalanche RIP Feature Invalid Disabled Lonicese ie ome ue Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 198 Printing the Dynamic Document VIPP Output Media Value for Xerox FFPM DocuSP For VIPP output the media value sets three parameters Type Color and Weight These parameters are defined in the following format MediaType MediaColour MediaWeight Examples e Plain White 90 e Drilled Yellow 120 It is also possible to specify only certain media parameters In this case make sure you enter the parameter in the correct place Examples e To set the media type only Plain To set the media color
103. 3 201 2 1 34 1898 22214 Date Literals Date literals are used to include dates according to specified formats Syntax A date literal is enclosed in pound signs f The currently supported date formats are dd mm yyyy and dd mm yy You can use OLingo s FormatDate function to format dates in a different way The use of the following delimiters is also supported and Single digit numbers must have a preceding zero Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 211 Literal Constants Examples 02 03 2001 14 06 92 02 03 2001 14 06 92 Boolean Constants Boolean constants can be used in logical expressions There are two built in logical constants TRUE and FALSE Null Constant Null is a built in constant that represents the null value the database concept of an undefined value Null also represents a non existent value For example if a query returns one row and references a value in a second row that does not exist the result is null Additionally in the case where you have an If statement that does not contain else if the condition is not met the expression value is Nu11 Note that the Nu11 value as an end result of an Content Object is treated as an empty string Syntax Null constants can be used in comparisons with the Equality or Non Equality tests Examples MyRecordset 0 Name NULL startDate null Appendix A Rule Editor Expre
104. 7 Optimizing ulmage Performance of the ulmage User Guide Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 166 Referencing a uImage Template file Table 22 Template Output Format Properties Photoshop PSD Photoshop Output Option Description Format Photoshop Encoding Select the format in which the image data are saved EPS Possible values EPS Cont e BINARY e ASCII e JPEG if you select JPEG encoding choose one of the following quality settings Low Medium High Maximum Default is BINARY PNG None PNG Photoshop None PSD Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 167 Referencing a uImage Template file Table 23 Template Output Format Properties Illustrator Illustrator Output Option Description Format we JPG Quality 100 Clip to artboard Optimize for the Web axe Quality Sets the quality of the JPG file Possible values 0 100 the higher the value the higher the quality Default is 100 JPEG Clip to Determines how to clip the personalized image E JPG Possible values t ont e Artboard clips the image to the artbaord Small bounding box clips the image to the smallest bounding box of all graphic elements including those that are outside the page Default is Artboard Optimize Check this box to optimize the personalized image for for the the Web Web Default is unchecked Chapte
105. 8 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters Routing Hag pph AA 12345678 Post for the Routing service Barcode Name Description Characteristics Symbology Parameter Australian Post AusPostCustom2 This is the same barcode Valid characters 0 9 A Z a z Customer 2 as the Australian Post space Standard Customer but an f Quiet zone left right 6 mm top LLL o oe with additional 5 bottom 2 mim dE characters for customer specific data The first 8 characters must be digits This symbology is also called Australia Post 52 CUST Due to its 52 bars Australian Post AusPostCustom3 This is the same barcode Valid characters 0 9 A Z a z Customer 3 as the Australian Post space Standard Customer but A a d uiet zone left right 6 mm top fp Pp Poli with additional 10 E dum s p 12345678ABCabc characters for customer specific data The first 8 characters must be digits This symbology is also called Australia Post 67 CUST Due to its 67 bars Australian Post Reply AusPostReplyPaid Used by the Australian Valid characters 0 9 Paid an E the Reply Paid Quiet zone left right 6 mm top bottom 2 mm ARRA A AL 7 12549808 Input length 8 digits Australian Post AusPostRouting Used by the Australian Valid characters 0 9 Quiet zone left right 6 mm top bottom 2 mm Input length 8 digits Australian Post Redirection Doa pa DEt do
106. Asset The example below shows the use of Nested Composition with two plain text files tagged with Content Objects You can try the workflow described below with the uCreate Print Tutorial sample Document To set up nested composition with a Plain Text Asset 1 2 Open your text editor and create two or more text files In each file type the text to be placed dynamically in the Document including a reference to one or more Content Objects for example Text File 1 First Name as a Stellar club member you are entitled to 50 discount Text File 2 Had you been a club member First Name you would have received a discount Save each text file in the Assets folder of your Campaign for example Text File 1 saved as discount txt Text File 2 saved as nodiscount txt Create a new Content Object and set its type to Text File Content Object Use the If Then Rule and set the condition as Club level function String Stellar Then Text File String discount Else Text File String nodiscount or use the names of the Text files you saved in the Assets folder if you used different names Figure 33 Note Make sure you do not type the file extension txt Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 63 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects Figure 33 Nested Composition New Content Object New Content Object Name Nested Type Text File CI campaign Dial Annotation Extended Functions Rule
107. C3 uDirect Studio tutorial5 0 assets a 2 fonts My Recent CjResources Documents pulmageTemplate Desktop My Documents qs My Computer My Network Places L File name EDU_Completed vi Save as type Proof Set Files proof 1 v 2 Set the Save in list to the location in which you wish to save the Proof Set 3 Set the File name list to the Proof Set name the default option is to use the Document name 4 Set the Save as type list to Proof Set Files proof 5 Click Save The Proof Set file is created and exported to the location you specified Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document 117 Working with the Dynamic Document Using Values from a Proof Set You can use uCreate to open a Proof Set created using XMPie products The Proof Set allows you to view the set of data values calculated for each recipient as they are positioned in your design file The Content Objects of your Document will be replaced with the actual data and values for each recipient as contained in the Proof Set To view your Document with Proof Set values 1 Select Proof Set from the drop down list at the bottom of the uCreate Panel and then click nel icon to select the Proof Set file proof ppkg The Select a Proof Set file dialog opens 2 Locate and select the Proof Set that corresponds to the Content Objects currently defined in your Document and click the Open button The Record scrolling b
108. Check this box if you want to compress the output file to a ZIP file ZIP This is useful when expecting a production output of large files or when the output files are to be packed into a single file Records Specify the records to be printed by choosing one of the following e All produce a Print Output file for all the records in the Data Source From to enter a range of records for which you will create a Print Output file Destination The folder in which to create the resulting Print Output file Click Browse to locate the full path to the folder By default the Print Output file is saved in the output folder next to your Document in a folder named using the current date and time Policies View This is the default view displayed when you open the Dynamic Print dialog Figure 94 on page 174 Use this view to specify how to define your policies for handling different types of errors that might occur during production Table 26 Dynamic Print dialog Policies View Option Description When a record has A Policy specifies how to handle missing items or missing Assets inconsistencies E For cases of Missing Assets Missing Fonts When fonts are missing Missing Styles or Text Overflow use the drop down list to indicate how to handle the error Choose When a record has a one of the following options issi tyl dde Ignore to process this record in spite of the error The outp
109. Content Object in the uCreate Printpanel Scroll through the Data Source records using the record selection box located at the bottom of the uCreate Printpanel to see how the tagged object dynamically changes in the Document for each recipient Figure 111 Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 227 Functions Figure 111 Barcode in the Document per uCreate Panel Records LIM PREFLIGHT XMPIE UCREATE PRINT 3x El View All Types v IBI BIBIBIBIBIBIHI g aY QRCode 4 J Highlight Dynamic Objects En Data Source X f 1 of 2 Rois Note The barcode image is best viewed in your Document when setting the display performance to High Quality Display Supported Barcodes and Matching Qlingo Parameters Table 37 summarizes the available barcodes supported by uCreate Print and their corresponding QLingo names Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters Barcode Name Description Characteristics Symbology Parameter Australian Post AusPostCustom Used by the Australian Valid characters 0 9 Customer Post for marking Quiet zone left right 6 mm shipments Special code i op bottom 2 mm HIP e fne variants are avallable sor P redirections replies and Input length 8 digits so on Due to its number of bars 37 Australian Post Customer is also called Australia Post 37 CUST Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 22
110. DML amp INX M Export XMPie Tags Data when available ulmage Defaults Templates Folder C Documents and Settings Diana Desktc Output Folder C Documents and SettingsiDianalDesktc Assets Folder C Documents and Settings Diana Desktc Cancel Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 78 Setting Document Preferences 2 Define your Document preferences as explained in Table 10 and then click OK to save your settings Table 10 XMPie Preferences dialog Option Description Palette Control the auto display of the Panel options Show Data column Display the Content Object Data column see Content Object Data Column on page 23 Show Automatic Web Content Objects Display Web Content Objects see Tagging a Design Object with an Automatic Web Content Object on page 60 RIP Global Caching Define how to handle the RIP Global Caching Clear RIP Global Clear the Printer Server RIP Global Caching registry Caching The registry is used in the implementation of RIP Global Caching which allows RIPs to reuse elements between different runs of the same Document For more information see RIP Global Caching on page 187 IDML amp INX InDesign allows you to export Documents to IDML in CS4 and higher and INX in CS4 You can choose whether or not to include XMPie properties in such exported Documents Export XMPie Tags Data when available Determine
111. Description Imposition Select the Step amp Repeat or Cut and Stack option Template Note that all measurement values are in points You can change the measurement units via the InDesign Preferences dialog from the InDesign menu choose Edit Preferences Units and Increments Sheet Size Select one of the standard preset sheet sizes or paper sizes for example Letter A4 etc from the drop down list to determine Sheet Dimensions Alternatively choose Custom and then enter your Sheet Dimensions Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 182 Printing the Dynamic Document Table 28 Dynamic Print dialog Imposition Parameters Option Description Sheet Dimensions The Width and Height of the physical sheet used for printing e When you select a preset Sheet Size these values are set automatically e If your Sheet Size is Custom set these values manually Page Dimensions The Width and Height of the logical Design page These values are used to calculate the number of pages that can fit on a sheet Margin Enter the Width and Height of the margins to be maintained between the edges of the logical pages and the edges of the sheet Note To use cut crop marks you must set the margin values Make sure the margins are large enough to draw cut marks it is recommended to set them to at least nine points Gap Enter the X and Y values to set the gap tha
112. Design Objects Dynamic Content Objects or ADOR Objects as if they were a standard database ICPs are bi directional channels that provide uProduce with a gateway which allows Content Objects to be pulled out by external applications websites and written back to the database thereby updating Content Object values if necessary uCreate Print users can link their Print Campaigns to ICP Ports residing on either installed uProduce instances or on the Hosted uProduce e Media service in order to be able to use the most recent Campaign information available through web for their print products see Linking a Document to an ICP Port not available for uCreate Print Standard on page 45 Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document 115 Working with the Dynamic Document Using Values from a Data Source You can use the uCreate Print Panel to see how actual values from your Data Source are positioned in your design Document The Content Objects in your design will be replaced with actual values and data derived from the Data Source and Content Object rules you define To view your Document with Data Source values 1 Select Data Source from the drop down list at the bottom of the uCreate Print Za Panel and then click hol icon to select the Data Source file The Select a Data Source File dialog opens 2 Locate and select the Data Source to which your Document is linked and click the Open button The Record scrolling box is displayed in bot
113. Design Tagged Text file txt Save the exported text file in the Campaign s default Assets folder When exporting make sure to Include the text you have indexed with the appropriate index marker It is advisable to show hidden characters in the design window use Alt Ctrl D Use Unicode encoding method Delete the index marker Repeat steps 1 4 for each index entry you want to generate Create a new Content Object or set an existing Content Object if you chose to use it as the basis for an index reference as a Text File Content Object which will be populated with the files you have created Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 69 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects Using Visibility Content Objects When you assign a visibility object to a layer or spread in your design application you can control whether the layer or spread will be visible or hidden For example if you have a personal message that is appropriate only for male recipients you can create a Visibility Content Object called ismale You can then select the layer that includes the message and assign the ismale Content Object to this layer or spread Visibility Content Objects also support layer names This allows one Visibility Content Object to control the visibility of all layers whose names match its values For example if the value of the Visibility Content Object for a given recipient is Family then the layer named Family will be
114. Image Tag dialog is displayed allowing you to define its Rule using a Rule Editor see Defining uImage Tag Rules on page 159 Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 138 Referencing a uImage Document Package Table 19 uImage Settings dialog Option Description Personalized The text to be personalized Figure 84 Text Figure 84 Data section Image Font amp Separated Letters Image Font amp Separated Letters Personalized Text RSET Templates Data Customize The Personalized Text list may be defined by either combining two Tags First Name and Last Name or defining the expression of a single Tag First Name and Last Name two Tags this commonly personalized text is available as a predefined option when the DPKG is created If there are enough uImage Tags to display all characters the recipient s first name and last name are both displayed Otherwise only the first name is shown If there are not enough uImage Tags to display the first name only initials are displayed To define this Tag Rule double click the Tag name or select it and click Customize e Custom Rule single Tag this option is displayed when the DPKG sets the Personalized Text to Custom Set this expression to one of the following Select a Data Source field from the drop down list This automatically sets the Tag value to the field value OR Click Customize to define the Rule for calculating th
115. Leve1 which enables you to set the error correction percentage to one of the following values Low 7 Medium 15 This is the default value Quartil 2596 m High 30 Error correction involves encoding additional data in the barcode that helps in reconstructing the data in case of partial damage or defect in the generated barcode This ability to compensate for partial damage improves the credibility of barcodes However there is a fine balance when selecting the desired setting the higher the error correction level the less actual information can be encoded One must balance the error correction level value with the string to be encoded in order to stay in line with the capacities associated with the specific symbology Example XMPBarCode QRCode http www xmpie com ECLevel Low Adding a Barcode to your Document 1 Create a graphic frame that will display the barcode 2 Create a Graphic Content Object containing the relevant barcode definition for detailed instructions see Defining a Dynamic Barcode on page 224 3 Tag the graphic frame with the Graphic Content Object The recipient specific barcode is displayed in the graphic frame Figure 115 Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 261 Functions Figure 115 Recipient Specific Barcode in Graphic Frame x D XMPIE UCREATE PRINT n 3 m Lo Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 262 F
116. ML embed Assets or Resources 186 extract unique content to external files 188 tagging each record as a document group 188 tagging fixed background as a master page 188 PPML VDX dynamic media selection 199 Preflight 33 Primary field 38 89 Print Format 175 Print Media function 270 Print Output file 173 314 Print Output format printer server 196 RIP 196 Print Server 173 314 Print to file 173 Printer Server clear global caching 78 Print Output format 196 Production parameters 175 Production Sets 113 Proof Set creating 115 funcion 270 linking to 29 loading 117 viewing 30 Proof Set function 270 Proofing 115 Index 321 Proportional amp centered 106 QLingo 208 315 Arithmetic Expressions 212 Comparisons 213 Control Statements 215 If Else 215 Switch 216 Conversion functions 267 AsBoolean 267 AsDate 268 AsNumber 268 AsString 269 Functions 217 Date functions 219 Numeric functions 217 ulmage functions 276 GetEnv functions 269 Literal Constants 209 Boolean Literals 211 Date Literals 210 Null Constant 211 Number Literals 210 String Literals 209 Logical Expressions 214 Miscellaneous operators and functions 276 Recipient Information Field Reference 279 String functions 262 CleanRecipientKey 266 find 265 Find AndReplace 265 266 IsNullOrEmpty 263 LCase 262 Length 263 LTrim 264 Replace 265 RTrim 264 SubString 263 TCase 262 Trim 264 UCase 262 R Rand function 219 Random integer 219 Recipient 315
117. Overflow Ignore Clipping of on chart labels BLP that are too long Layer Begin layer data B Separates layers Layering Overlay Group Grouping of data layers BL Interleave LayerLabel text LayerLabel text for layers BL LayerLabelFormat stringFormat Transforms LayerLabel BL text LayerLabelLocation location Location of LayerLabel BL LeftGap 1 0 to 10 0 Gap width before left BL most column LeftScaleFormat numberFormat Formatting of scale BL numbers LeftScaleSize 0 1 to 100 Font height of scale BL numbers LeftTextLimit 1000 0 to 1000 0 Left most limit for text BLP LegendOutlineWidth 0 to 10 0 Width of spots outlines in BLP legend LegendOverflow Ignore Clipping of chart legends BLP that are too long LegendPosition 1 0 to 10 0 Shifts legend to right BLP LegendSize 0 1 to 100 Size of Legend spot and BLP text LineFromOrigin No Yes Draws an initial line L LowValue number Bottom of range BL Appendix B Working with uChart 289 Using Enhanced Options Table 43 uChart Properties uChart Options Commonly Used Parameters er Parameters Values Effect SE ES MarkerColor color Color of data point L markers MarkerShape shape Shape of data point L markers MarkerSize 0 to 9999 Size of data point markers L MaxGridDivisions 1 to 10 Max number vertical BL divisions MergeLabels No Yes Merge same label data BLP
118. P Port a previously entered value is displayed Customer Optional Enter the customer name as it appears in uProduce If the Document was previously linked to an ICP Port a previously entered value is displayed User Name Enter the uProduce user name If the Document was previously linked to an ICP Port a previously entered value is displayed Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 47 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Table 5 uProduce Connection dialog Option Description Password Enter the uProduce password If the Document was previously linked to an ICP Port a previously entered value is displayed Click Next uCreate Print will attempt to connect to uProduce While doing so a progress bar is presented After connection to uProduce has been established the Port Selection dialog is displayed Figure 22 Link to ICP Port Port Selection Port Selection Account XMS Testing Campaign EDU RURL Campaign Port EDU RURL Campaign Cancel Previous Select the following ICP Port details Table 6 Port Selection dialog Option Description Account Select an Account from the drop down list of available Account of the connected uProduce server Campaign Select a Campaign from the drop down list of Campaigns of the selected Account Port Select a Port from the drop down list of ICP Ports of the selected Campaign C
119. Pie Chart only Separate Break apart and separate the different slices of the chart Slices Merge Small Combine all slices whose value is less than a specified amount into a Slices single slice If less than Specify the minimal percentage of the data a value must represent in order to be displayed as a separate slice All slices whose values are lower than this percentage will be combined into a single general slice whose default Title is Other Title Enter the title to be given to the general slice which merges all Small Slices whose values are less than the specified percentage The default Title is Other Options Bar Line or Area Show Bar Include the bar values in the graphic Values Show Grid Display the graphic on a grid Appendix B Working with uChart 285 Table 42 uChart Properties dialog Option Description Options Bar Line or Area Cont Annotate Specify which of the axes on which the graphic is displayed are to be annotated Available options are None X Axis Y Axis and Both Axes X Series Select the Table Content Object column to be used as the graphic s X axis from the drop down list To remove a Table Content Object from a graphic frame Right click the tagged graphic frame and choose Remove Content Object from Graphic from the context menu Appendix B Working with uChart 286 Using Enhanced Options Using Enhan
120. Quality 12 Optimization Defines how to optimize the personalized image Default the default optimization of this Template type Regular None Image Font or Separated Letters Automatic None no optimization is applied Custom the personalized image is a specific area of the Template containing all the variable data To use this setting mark the variable area in the Photoshop Template by drawing a rectangular path Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 143 Referencing a uImage Document Package Table 20 Document Package Output Format Properties Photoshop Only Photoshop Output Option Description Format JPEG Optimization e Automatic ulmage automatically detects all JPG variable areas in the Template for each recipient and Cont these areas are used to create the personalized image This option saves the most disk space Note This option cannot be used with Templates that require one of the following scripts Scripts that change the layer structure Scripts that use the ulmage Tag names and values to personalize the Template For a detailed description of the Optimize feature and for instructions on the required procedures in Photoshop and InDesign see the u mage Optimize Feature section of the uZmage User Guide Quality Sets the quality of the JPG file Possible values 1 12 the higher the value the higher the quality Default
121. R GO ERR 212 COMPATISONS ite retirees sro ae e RI ERR Yo xe e Ou edic nde o E es do Te Pon 213 Logical EXpressions ex ew a p ER xat e RR D qx Re Y eO ETT Aon Searels 214 Control Statements vio o cede oe dc TE n TR EL CR CEU NOE ED Ca C c i CO 215 If Else Statements 24 00 0068 a Pov es Ra 3v t bo Pam om eee RR Rx dn 215 Switch Statelmiernt 3 7 tete rre erae te ee ge Ya Pe i raria eee det Ode o Ai T AB ave 216 FUNCION Sitio a RT r 217 NumMericFUNCUONS 3 4 a A A E a ds Ad A 217 ABS FUNCHON coi aa ada a a a aaa 217 FIOOF FUNCTION 2 A gu O A 217 Geil FUFGHOE zu d torio de ates Mond are at da tt pa Xon 217 Contents ix FormatNumber Function T i hh hh rn 217 Rand FUNCION o utes eR EROR E Reb 0g oat EXE SEAEAD NR 219 Round FUNCION z 33 mule e A re b ur eek xs a AE Aes 219 Date Functions rk yere ne xe Rea wae eae allies ROLE PEOR CA RR 219 GetDay FUNCUON x enu deer RR ert A REESE MR Ria Es 219 GetMonth F nctlon escocia tte etre Peste Er A Re ORC ante weed ne 220 GetYear FUnction ise Ree Ro eI ee REY aks YU RON UL EGRE a CR 220 GetDayOfWeek Function ooooooommmrrrr nh 220 Gethour FUNCION 2e AAA Aa ee E 220 GetMinute FUNCtON iis hs aaa Hale aa a a a ad 221 GetSecond FUNGON airis a A Re RO ER RE RR deg wl 221 Age FUNCION aree SEE Lh achat ge pac ete dua amare dow aie AR earch CER a da 221 NOW FUF COE 228 d douce Geo eed eu o Fee aoc c eR ete C ERU e e ve rec e Re nan 221 FormatDate FUNCION read i
122. Recipient Information 279 Reloading Plan 42 Rendering 185 186 Replace function 265 ReportMessage function 277 Resource 88 Resources 315 RIP 173 314 Print Output format 196 Round function 219 Rounding numbers 219 RTrim function 264 Rule 34 80 Conditions 84 defining 85 Functions 84 Values 84 Rule Editor 80 208 Rules examples 85 importing 93 Field Reference S Sample data 44 115 117 Scale horizontal 103 Separated Letters 147 Set Assets folder 29 Skip operator 278 Specialty Imaging 292 Static document 315 step amp repeat 184 Index 322 Story properties 98 String functions 262 CleanRecipientKey 266 Find 265 Find AndReplace 265 266 IsNullOrEmpty 263 LCase 262 Length 263 LTrim 264 Replace 265 RTrim 264 SubString 263 TCase 262 Trim 264 UCase 262 String Literals 209 Style Content Object 26 83 SubString function 263 Suppress Trailing Spaces on Content 99 100 Switch Statement 216 Empty T Table Content Object 25 73 280 Dynamic 73 TCase function 262 Text Content Object Rule 83 Text File Content Object 25 Text Media function 270 Title style formatting 262 Transformation 106 Transparency 185 Trim function 264 Type changing 94 Content Object 25 U UCase function 262 uChart 280 label 283 uCreate Print 7 uCreate Print Panel 20 uEdit 109 Lock options 109 Permissions 109 ulmage 7 ADOR Object 132 Asset 170 171 Content Object 132 Data 137 154 default folders 79 outpu
123. SET A Proof Set job e In uCreate Print this value indicates a job created using the panel s Export menu option e In uProduce this value indicates a job created by clicking the Generate button of the Plan Details page e In uPlan this value indicates a job created using one of the Data menu s Generate options for example Generate Proof Set option ON DEMAND A Dynamic HTML production job previously known as HTML production This value indicates a job created using uProduce by clicking the Deploy button of the Web HTML or TXT Document Details page Note This option is available for backward compatibility purposes To create a website with Dynamic HTML it is recommended to use the Interactive Content Port ICP solution For details see the e Media User Guide RECORD SET An Interactive Content Port ICP job This value indicates that the Plan is executed by an ICP This is normally the case with a Web Campaign created by RURL Wizard or by uCreate XM Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 273 Functions Table 40 JobType Return Values Value Description FLAT A job that collects information on a future Print job Several FLAT jobs of the same Document are later aggregated and used as the input of a single Print job This is normally the case with job aggregation created by uStore EMAIL MARKETING An e mail batch job This value indicates a job c
124. Select the Graphic Content Object and right click the mouse button 2 Select Dynamic Graphic Properties from the context menu The Dynamic Graphic Properties dialog is displayed Figure 66 Figure 66 Dynamic Graphic Properties dialog Dynamic Graphic Properties Fit and Transform l Maintain Transformation gog VI Stream Options Cache Element Locally in Stream Cancel E 3 Make any necessary modifications to the following properties Table 14 Dynamic Graphic Properties dialog Option Description Fit and Transform Choose one of the options below from the drop down list Fit Content to Resizes the image so that it fits into the selected frame Frame Fit Frame to Resizes the frame so that it fits around the image in its original Content size Center in Frame Centers the image in the frame both horizontally and vertically Fit Content Resizes the image so that it fits in the frame while maintaining Proportionally the proportions of the original image Chapter 5 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects 106 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects Table 14 Dynamic Graphic Properties dialog Option Description Proportional amp Resizes the image so that it fits in the frame while maintaining Centered the proportions of the original image uCreate also centers the image within the frame Maintain Saves the transformation you perform on the g
125. Stack o oooooooommonrnrra es 181 Figure 100 Dynamic Print dialog Advanced View sssaaa aaeeea 184 Figure 101 PDF Export Settings dial09 llle 189 Figure 102 Dynamic Print dialog Tracking view lille 192 Figure 103 New Touchpoint dialog 0 00 rh 193 Figure 104 Content Object Rule for Media Selection VIPP Return Strings 194 Figure 105 Dynamic Media Selection dialog set to the MediaSelection Content Object 195 List of Figures xvii Figure 106 DocuSP FFPM License Manager lesse nnne 197 Figure 107 Specifying Static Stock for Spread 1 for VPS or PS Print Output 199 Figure 108 Content Object Rule for Media Selection VPS or PS Return Strings 199 Figure 109 XMPie Export window Export Types l l nne 206 Figure 110 New Content Object dialog 2 0 00 nne 225 Figure 111 Barcode in the Document per uCreate Panel Records o ooooooommo 227 Figure 112 Barcode Module Width llllllls rh 257 Figure 113 QR Code with a color parameter cc nnn 259 Figure 114 QR Code with the color and background color parameter ooo ooooooo 259 Figure 115 Recipient Specific Barcode in Graphic Frame 2 261 Figure 116 Example Dynamic Chart Pie Chart with Labels Breakdown by Fund Value 280 Figure 117 A Graphic Frame Tagged with a Table Content Object Showing a Chart Icon
126. Text Content Object and right click the mouse button 2 Select Dynamic Text Properties from the menu displayed The Dynamic Text Properties dialog is displayed 3 If you wish select the option for nested composition 4 Click OK to close the dialog Dynamic Story Properties Dynamic Story Properties display properties related to the flow of dynamic text through one or more text frames Depending on the length of text for various recipients the flow may appear differently in the resulting customer communication and therefore may require automatic adjustment uCreate uses the Story Properties to adjust the text flow within story frames To view or modify Story Properties ensure that your Document is already linked to a Data Source and that you have at least one Text Content Object or Text File Content Object within the story There are two types of Dynamic Story Properties Suppress Trailing Spaces on Empty Content discards the blank spaces left after Content Objects with empty string values Dynamic Story Length Handling allows you to automatically adjust text that either overflows from the story frames or underflows leaving an extraneous blank space This feature enables you to specify how you want the text to fit into the story area by modifying the font size and auto leading Chapter 5 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects 99 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects To view or modify Dynamic Story properties for
127. The schema of the Data Source must adhere to the Data Schema defined by the Campaign s Plan file Each Campaign may have multiple Data Sources in any ODBC compliant format including Oracle MS SQL MySQL IBM DB2 CVS XML and MS Access Design also known as Tagged Document Dynamic Document Template and uProduce Document a document such as an Adobe InDesign document that includes regular and tagged design objects Tagging is performed using the uCreateplug in of the relevant host application Adobe InDesign and Adobe Dreamweaver are currently supported Document instance a copy of the Design that was instantiated for a given recipient A production run of a given Dynamic Document for a batch of say 1000 recipients will result in 1000 Document instances Dynamic Document a modular binding of three components Logic Data and Design Practically speaking these components are represented by a Plan file a Data Source and a Design respectively in Link to Data mode the Plan file is Glossary 313 not an object that is visible to the user however it is created as the user works with Data Sources and Rules and is represented internally as part of the Dynamic Document by uProduce Dynamic Document Template also known as a Tagged Document see Design Dynamic Object a design object for example a text frame or a graphic frame that is tagged by a ADOR Object This tagging transforms the design object from
128. Valid characters 0 9 9 1 States Postal Services check digit Hl for mass mailing Quiet zone vertical 1 25 inch applications Encoded horizontal 1 8 inch are a 5 digit ZIP code zm and 4 additional digits Input length 9 digits 1 check The check digit is digit computed automatically it cannot be specified in the input data USPS PostNet 10 USPSPostNet10 Same as Postnet 9 but Valid characters 0 9 9 digits 1 check digit Quiet zone vertical 1 25 inch horizontal 1 8 inch Input length 9 digits 1 check digit Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 255 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters VB1YYY1IX3M386752 identification It is based on Code 39 but does not contain start and stop characters VIN Code is implemented differently in Europe and North America Both kinds are compatible but the North American version is defined more strictly So the check digit calculation method is only valid for the North American implementation of the code Barcode Name Description Characteristics Symbology Parameter USPS PostNet 11 USPSPostNet1 1 Used by the United Valid characters 0 9 11 digits States Postal Services 1 check digit hull ld ln for mass mailing Quiet zone vertical 1 25 inch applications Encoded horizontal 1 8 inch are a 5 digit ZIP code and 4 to 9 additional Input length 11 digits 1 check digits The check digit
129. XM PIE uCreate Print Version 6 Notices O 2013 XMPieG A Xerox Company All rights reserved U S Patents 6948115 7406194 7548338 7757169 and pending patents JP Patent 4406364B and pending patents uCreate Print Version 6 2 User Guide Document Revision 1 33 February 2013 For information contact XMPie Inc 485 Lexington Avenue 10th Floor New York NY 10017 More information can be found at www xmpie com XMPie provides this publication as is without warranty of any kind either express or implied This publication may contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document the publisher and author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions Nor is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained herein Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication XMPie may make improvements and or changes in the product s and or the program s described in this publication at any time XMPie the XMPIE logo PersonalEffect uChart uCreate uDirect uEdit ulmage uPlan uProduce uStore StoreFlow Circle ADOR XLIM RURL Hosted e Media Express Edition and the slogan one to one in one are trademarks or registered trademarks of XMPie A Xerox Company and may not be used without permission No part of these materials may be used or
130. a one RO tec o Y e ROT RR ORDRE c CR i DOE RD 222 Barcode Function for Print Media 1 llle rn 224 Supported Barcodes and Matching Qlingo ParameterS o o o ooooooomoooo 227 Customizing the Barcode s aaa iadi iai anh hh ERR aaa eens 255 Barcodes with Special Parameters l l es 259 Adding a Barcode to your Document ooccccocococ es 260 String FUNCUONS 2 eus uerbi Oe ld Viu ke facram ggg eee cs 262 ECase Fu nction eos ues x eer A Sr Te hs da Gee n 262 TCase Function secat A m RD E ERI Whe KG Poker a E Ra F R e ES ce ice 262 UCase FUNCION rs erdt ee X ERR ODE chan COR ET ANAM RR RERO OC E OR eR Un 262 Eengthi F nctloh ix ie kee sean O AAA ase e Ce a RR 263 IsNullOrEmpty Function o oooooooorrrrr ee 263 SubString FUNCHON Pr 263 EEIROSEBDICHOR 15s citant sa dad lou ie te endet Sag 264 LTrim FUNCTION m cT 264 RTrim avene rc A A AA Rd 264 Find FUNCION x e a DER A A A Viet eios 265 Replace FUNCION ue as Rn RAD A A AAA 265 FindAndReplace Function sugan cio ala a 265 FindAndReplaceChars Function ooooooooooo nn 266 CleanRecipientKey ai ra naea ehi a xa he Roi ala A e a a 266 HexToUnicode Function eller 267 Conversion FUNCUONS nacer eae ehe ea me sabe de IR a E E Cale RR e 267 AsBooleanFUriCtlor 255 2t ue e ca wed ge cat s e tede a a aces c e e e 267 Contents x AsDate FUNCION zs aia eos eod Ese E Ros Sabin elie de ot eta a eee ernst DIR Gn d ae
131. a specific text frame 1 Select the Type Tool T icon click anywhere inside the desired story text frame and then right click the mouse button 2 Select Dynamic Story Properties from the context menu and then select either Suppress Trailing Spaces on Empty Content or Dynamic Story Length Handling as desired 3 Make any necessary modifications as described below for the various story options Suppress Trailing Spaces on Empty Content The Suppress Trailing Spaces on Empty Content option automatically discards blank spaces that may be left after Content Objects that contain empty string values for a specific recipient This option also removes paragraphs whose only contents are empty Content Objects and applies to both regular text and table text For example consider the following text fragment Mr leading blanks FirstName trailing blanks LastName If for a given recipient for example Mr Jones the FirstName Content Object resolves to an empty string the result may contain two spaces between the prefix Mr and the last name Mr Jones Using this option spaces that trail the empty Content Object are suppressed This feature also suppresses leading spaces and paragraph marks on empty content This is useful to avoid extraneous spaces and paragraph marks in cases such as the following 1 Bulleted lists of Content Objects in the following example the last bullet lt C gt has both a leading paragraph m
132. aea ee ee ee s 9 Chapter 2 Introduction to uCreate ll Activating your uCreate License Key 6 rh ren 13 Activating an Additional License Key ooooooooocrrrnan ee 13 Deactivating your License Key 1 Rr rs ran 14 Basic Workflow iis ik inna Rx RR eR E Gude LR RR Rae RR aoe RUR CK E E RR PA RA 15 Workflow for Print and Cross Media Campaigns o ooooooorrnrrrr es 15 Workflow for Print amp Web Campaigns for Hosted e Media 0 000 ee 16 Exporting your Print Campaign to Create a New Web Campaign using a Port 17 Linking your uCreate Campaign to an Existing ICP POrt o ooooooommonomooo 18 Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 19 uCreate Print Panel usua seek ak RR Re ptu em ee ei che hosce oA ke RR ee AR RE a 20 Content Object Data Column lise n nnne 23 Content Object Types ces ese ca me Re n RR m cac ida nte ENE 25 uCreate Print Panel Options menu llle nnn 28 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data ooo ooooomrrrrnr nr 34 Contents iv Linking a Document to a Data Source 2 1 cee ee 35 Supported Data SOurceS ecru riarena keno es 35 Database Fields Usage Available Fields and Primary Field 000 ee eee eeaee 37 Choosing the Available Data Source Fields llle 37 Setting the Primary Field si sd cs he rte a ee RR Ra 38 Linking a Document to Counter Data Sources lllsee
133. ails on tagging a design object with Automatic Web Content Objects see Tagging a Design Object with an Automatic Web Content Object on page 60 Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 49 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Re linking a Document to an Updated or Different Data Source After you link your InDesign document to a Data Source and start working you may wish to use the Dynamic Document with a new set of data In other cases the Data Source the Dynamic Document is linked to may change The structure of the previous Data Source columns field names and so forth may be different from the structure of the current Data Source For example your first Data Source may contain the fields First Name Last Name and Occupation You may later link to a different Data Source containing the fields FName LName profession and country Whether you initiated the link to a different Data Source or are responding to changes in the linked Data Source re linking your Document to data requires matching the previous and current Data Sources Matching the Previous and Current Data Sources When uCreate Print detects changes in the Data Source linked to your Document it launches the Link to Data Source wizard This wizard helps you match each field of the previous Data Source with a field in the current Data Source Note Fields that are used in your Document that is fields of the previous Data Source
134. ame Document or in different Documents Leading Appendix D XLIM Capabilities 302 Inline Content Note The InDesign bullets and numbering feature is supported in XLIM productions using uProduce as well as in uEdit applications Inline Content XLIM supports the following inline content Lines Images the supported inline frame content is images only meaning no text in inline frame no background etc Image features all image features described in Images see page 299 are supported when inline Border and fill are supported for inline boxes XLIM supports the following line properties Tables Straight lines two points in path Color plain color no gradients including tint Most InDesign table and cell features are supported except the following Skip First and Skip Last settings in Fills any value other than 0 is not supported First Baseline for Text options only Ascent is supported Keep with Next Row option within Rows and Columns is not supported Diagonal lines are not supported In addition XLIM supports the following table features Dynamic and Static tables Empty table feature When a dynamic table does not include any data the table is not displayed Border and Fills support is the same as for boxes solid colors and no gradient Cell content support is the same as regular text frames Appendix D XLIM Capabilities 303 Support for All InDesign Static Object
135. ample if a new user joined the Campaign through a Registration page you would like to be able to print a new postcard for this user For this purpose uCreate Print can now connect directly to the ICP Port on uProduce Hosted Service where the Web Campaign is hosted In this way the customer information available to the web component of the Campaign will be shared with the print product printed on the desktop uCreate Print allowing it to be up to date The method for making the website information available for print is by using the Link to ICP Port option that is now available along with the other linking options such as Link to Plan and Link to Data Source When linking your Print Campaign to a Port you will be asked to provide the credentials for the uProduce Hosted Service and once a connection is set you can start proofing and printing through the live connection Through Link to ICP Port a user can also place website information on the printed piece Chapter 2 Introduction to uCreate 17 Introduction to uCreate There are two possible workflows depending on whether you wish to create a New Web Campaign from the exported Print Campaign or to link your Print Campaign to an existing Port on uProduce e Exporting your Print Campaign to Create a New Web Campaign using a Port on page 17 Linking your uCreate Campaign to an Existing ICP Port on page 18 Exporting your Print Campaign to Create a New Web Campaign using a Port
136. aphics Document and graphic frame replace the graphic currently contained in this graphic frame with a different graphic Add Remove Content Objects insert or remove Content Objects from design objects Customize Content Objects Document Check this option to make Content Objects editable by default all Content Objects are locked for editing Clear Overrides Document Clear any object level frame and line lock overrides Clicking this button displays a confirmation window asking you to click OK to clear all object level overrides or Cancel to maintain them Modify AII Document Change all object level frame and line lock overrides to match these Document lock settings Clicking this button displays a confirmation window asking you to click OK to modify all object level settings or Cancel to maintain them Cancel Cancel the changes you made to the Document lock settings Set Apply the changes you made to the Documents lock settings Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document Dynamic Content Sources uCreate Print offers you a number of ways to check how your Dynamic Document Template will look when actual values are used in place of the Dynamic Objects These actual values can come from various types of content sources including your Data Source a Proof Set file or Content Samples Data Sources A Data Source represents the Dynamic Document s Data compo
137. apter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 76 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects To assign a Table Content Object to an existing static InDesign table 1 Click the Type Tool icon and make a table selection for example cell row column or the entire table in the static table instead of just placing the cursor in one of the cells In the uCreate Print Panel double click the name of the desired Table Content Objects The Dynamic Table Properties dialog is displayed Figure 48 Dynamic Table Properties dialog Dynamic Table Properties YaluePerIndustry Number of Mold Rows E Limit Mold Rows Instances E Iv Show Columns in Header Row ora Make any necessary modifications as explained in the Dynamic Table Properties dialog description at the end of the previous section Click OK to close the Dynamic Table Properties dialog The table becomes dynamic as indicated by the dynamic table adornment but the columns of the Table Content Object are not automatically assigned to the Mold row s as shown in Figure 49 Figure 49 Dynamic Table before Table Content Object Columns are assigned to the Mold Rows o D p Investment Industry CountInd V aluePerIndustry e im mina oat a a a a a a gt gt gt gt gt oO D Assign the Table Content Object columns to the dynamic table s Mold row s by placing the cursor in the appropriate Mold row cell and double clicking the corresp
138. apter 9 Collaborating with Other uCreate or uProduce Users 207 Collaborating with Other uCreate or uProduce Users 4 Setthe Save as type list to the required file type Table 33 on page 207 lists the file types you can export from uCreate In addition it summarizes the XMPie applications that can create and use each of these file types Table 33 File Types Exported from uCreate Ex crted Can be Can be File Type P created used Content by by InDesign Document Package InDesign file and uCreate uCreate Files dpkg Resources static content uProduce uProduce Proof Set Files Proof file uCreate uPlan uCreate proof see note below Campaign Package Data Source Plan file uCreate uCreate Files cpkg InDesign file Resources uProduce uProduce Assets fonts Web Campaign Data Source Plan file uCreate uCreate Package Files cpkg uProduce uProduce XLIM XLIM Package Files XLIM file and Resources uCreate uCreate dpkg uProduce uProduce XLIM Files xlim XLIM file uCreate uCreate uProduce uProduce XLIM Campaign Data Source Plan file uCreate uCreate Package Files cpkg XLIM file Resources uProduce uProduce Assets fonts 5 Click Save A file of the selected type is created and exported to the location you specified Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions The Content Object Rule Editor Rule Editor in short enables you to create or edit Con
139. aracter Styles when applied to text the Style Content Object can be used to format text attributes such as color font size etc You can also override a text style attributes with an alternative font including the font size font style and font color Note Once a Character Style Content Object is applied to text it overrides any static InDesign style Existing static styles are replaced by the Style Content Object and new styles cannot be applied on top of the Style Content Object e Object Styles when applied to a frame whether a text frame or a graphic frame the Style Content Object can be used to format frame attributes such as fill stroke corner effects etc Notes e Each Style Content Object value must be mapped to a matching InDesign style which has the exact same name e A Style Content Object may define an override color This color does not override the color of the text frame or the graphic frame only the color of its contents text or graphic content such as fill or stroke color e InDesign styles that are grouped in the Styles panel cannot be accessed through uCreate Print For details see Adding or Removing a Style Content Object to or from Your Design on page 70 i9 Web Content Objects created automatically when linking a document to an ICP Port on uProduce XMPieRecipientKey and XMPieRURL b Note Table Visibility and Style Content Objects are incompatible with XMPie s pr
140. are notified that the existing license key is valid but is currently inactive and are asked to reactivate it Figure 7 Figure 7 XMPie Product Activation dialog Reactivating your License Key ert Avon The License Key previously entered for this product is valid but not active It may have been deactivated due to changes in the operating system License Key XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Is the network connected O Connected Use the internet to activate this product Not connected Activate this product manually Cancel Activate 2 Specify if the machine running uCreate is connected to the Internet Choose one of the following Connected Use the internet to activate this product Not connected Activate this product manually Basic Workflow This section describes the basic workflows for creating variable data Campaigns in uCreate The Workflow for Print and Cross Media Campaigns describes how to create a Print and or a Cross Media Campaign in uCreate The Workflow for Print amp Web Campaigns for Hosted e Media describes how to create a Campaign that can be used for both print and web Workflow for Print and Cross Media Campaigns To create a variable data Print or Cross Media Campaign in uCreate Print you have to perform the following steps 1 Opena new or existing InDesign document 2 Select Link to Data Source Link to Counter Link to Plan or Link to ICP Port from the uCreate Pri
141. ark and a trailing paragraph mark Figure 63 Figure 63 Bulleted List with Leading and Trailing Paragraph Marks gt lt A gt h Leading Paragraph Mark B ss lt B gt Trailing Paragraph Mark Each bullet is considered a paragraph in InDesign If lt C gt is empty for one of the recipients and the leading paragraph mark is not suppressed the list will end with an extraneous bullet Figure 64 on page 100 Chapter 5 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects 100 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects Figure 64 Bulleted List with an Empty Content Object The Leading Paragraph Mark is Not Supressed lt A gt lt B gt This feature suppresses the leading paragraph mark of the last paragraph in case the value of lt C gt is empty for a specific recipient so the last bullet shown in Figure 64 would be removed 2 Auto Flow the Auto Flow feature creates spreads according to the amount of dynamic text In some cases the last paragraph of this dynamic text may be empty If the leading space is not suppressed InDesign adds a single empty line at the end which may result in an extraneous empty page With the new improvement the last paragraph mark is removed so there is no empty page Note that this new feature is applied recursively if there are multiple empty paragraphs at the end of the text all their matching marks and spaces are removed so that no extra bullets or pages are created To suppress blank spaces that
142. at JPEG JPG Y Output Folder C Documents and Settings michal Desktop uDirect Output Filename Format Automatic v Hide Advanced Settings OK Cancel Click OK to close the dialog Select a graphic frame in your Document In the uCreate Panel double click the ulmage Graphic Content Object The personalized image generated for the current recipient using the Photoshop Template is displayed in the Document Scroll through the Data Source records to see how the ulmage output file changes dynamically per recipient Note If the uImage output files have not been created in advance but are created on the fly browsing between the records may take some time Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 142 Referencing a uImage Document Package Output Format Properties for Document Packages The following table lists the available output formats and their options for Photoshop Document Packages p Note For Photoshop the JPG EPS and PNG output formats have an Optimization option that reuses variable sections of the image This optimization can be used in addition to the Skip Duplicates optimization which reuses the whole personalized image for all recipients who share the same data see Skip Duplicates on page 140 Table 20 Document Package Output Format Properties Photoshop Only Photoshop Output Option Description Format JPEG JPEG Properties JPG Optimization Default
143. ata Source lille nnn 115 Using uCreate to Create a Proof Set o oooooooomnrrrrr ees 115 Using Values from a Proof Set nnn 117 Using Content Samples 6 4 eue mre Ree RR RE EI AA EDD ROS ROTE IR Cae RR T C 118 Find the Shortest and Longest Values of a Text Content Object llle sess 119 Setting the Location of Assets io i eee ee ee hah kr n Rh a a RR RR Ra RR x Rn Rn a 120 Using the Set Assets Folder Option 2 0c eh 121 Using XMPie Packages sr e RIDE A EEG RELAY Xx EX CER RENE 122 Exporting XMPie Packages iniiis a c m Ree en nm nm rk dog em n Resa a onm n 123 Exporting a Document Package ooocccccrooor nes 123 Exporting a Campaign Package sseeeelleeelr ee 124 Importing XMPie Packages oooooocococorrrror es 125 Importing Formatted Text into a Design 1 ee rh 126 XNIP xnip File Format i toa s bila Ath Anke e X eel wee AERA RE de ear 126 Importing Formatted Text using Content Objects 0000 cece ee 129 Generating a XLIM PDF Preview l l hh RR rn 129 Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 131 Defining a ulmage Content Object iilii nnn 132 Referencing a ulmage Document Package ccc rn 135 Contents vii Output Format Properties for Document Package S 0 cece eee eee eens 142 Defining Personalized Text 1 ee 147 Defining the Personalized Text Rule ssl es 147 Referencing a uImage Template file
144. ata section and set the Personalized Text list to the relevant Data Source field Figure 86 Figure 86 uImage Settings dialog Defining a Personalized Text Rule ulmage Settings Template Package C Documents and Settings michal Desktop ulmage 5 0 D Template Type Image Font Template Docurnent Domino HighRes Data Personalized Text T Company Advanced Settings Output Format JPEG JPG v _ Properties Output Folder default 7 Output Filename Format Automatic v Hide Advanced Settings OK Cancel J 2 Click Customize The Customize Personalized Text dialog is displayed Figure 87 Figure 87 Customize Personalized Text dialog Cusomize Personalized Text Name Company Rule Value v T Company View QLingo lt Preview XMPie Recipient 14 4 1 b bl of24 Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 149 Referencing a uImage Document Package 3 Inthe Rule section use the building blocks and operators to customize the Rule of the Personalized Text for example change it to uppercase or lowercase for instructions on using the Rule Editor see Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 4 Toseethe Rule as a OLingo Expression click View QLingo 5 In the Preview section test the customized Rule browse through recipient records and see how the uImage Tag s value the string displayed in the text frame changes for each recipient 6 Click
145. ate y Sheet Size Letter bd Advanced Sheet Dimensions Width 51po0 Height 66p0 Page Dimensions Width S51p0 Height 66p0 Margin Width Opo Height Op0 Gap X Opo Y Opo 7 Auto Calculate Pages on Sheet Columns 1 Rows 1 Duplex E Center Pages on Sheet E Draw Page Information Draw Cut Marks X OpO Y OpO Cut and Stack Cut and Stack is an imposition type that enables you to optimize the press sheet surface by ordering the pages on the sheet as follows front back left right top bottom When you choose the Cut and Stack option you have to set up its imposition parameters see Imposition Settings on page 181 Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 181 Printing the Dynamic Document Figure 99 Dynamic Print dialog Cut and Stack Policies Imposition Copies Imposition Template Cut and Stack X Imposition Sheet Size Letter h Advanced Sheet Dimensions Width 51p0 Height 66p0 Page Dimensions Width 51p0 Height 66p0 Margin Width Opo Height OpO Gap X O0pO Y OpO Auto Calculate Pages on Sheet Columns 1 Rows 1 Duplex Center Pages on Sheet Draw Page Information Draw Cut Marks X 0pO Y pO Imposition Settings If you choose to apply the Step and Repeat or Cut and Stack imposition options you must define their respective imposition parameters These parameters are the same for both imposition options see Table 28 Table 28 Dynamic Print dialog Imposition Parameters Option
146. ate Print Standard on page 45 to connect to this ICP Port and use the latest Web Campaign data for print products Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document 125 Working with the Dynamic Document Importing XMPie Packages uCreate supports importing a Document Package or a complete Campaign Package into a design When you import a Campaign the design layout contents and all Resources that are associated with this design are imported Data Source Asset Sources fonts and a Plan Note In case the Campaign includes several Design files uCreate imports the first InDesign or XLIM file it locates Moreover you can always choose to close that design and open another design by browsing into the unpacked Campaign and selecting a design of your choice To import a Campaign or a Document Package 1 From the Options menu select Import The XMPie Import dialog is displayed Figure 74 Figure 74 XMPie Import dialog XMPie Import Look in RURLcampaign EDU My Recent EDU RURL 1 Documents Sy output Resources VS EDU RURLI cpkg VS EDU RURL cpkg D My Network Places File name Files of type Campaign Package Files cpkg 2 In the Files of type drop down list select Campaign Package Files cpkg or a Document Package Files dpkg Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document 126 Working with the Dynamic Document 3 Browse to the file you want to import and click Open The Docume
147. ble Content Object Purchases v xs ET OC Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 93 Managing Content Objects Importing Rules from another uCreate Document Note This option is available only if you are linked to a Data Source or a Counter and not to a Plan file If your Campaign Logic is based on a Data Source as opposed to a Plan file you can import Rules into your Document from another Document whose Logic is also based on a Data Source To import rules 1 From the Options menu select Import The XMPie Import dialog is displayed Figure 59 Figure 59 XMPie Import dialog XMPie Import Look in 3 RURLcampaign C Assets I EDU RURL My Recent LJEDU RURL 1 Documents E output Resources EDU RURL 1 1 indd EDU RURL 1 indd EDU RURL 2 indd R EDU RURL indd My Network Places File name w Fiesofwpe E Cancel 2 In the Files of type drop down list select Rules indd 3 Browse to the file whose rules you wish to import and click Open Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 94 Managing Content Objects The list of Content Objects in the uCreate PrintPanel is updated with the imported Content Objects If an imported Content Object already exists in your design it is given the suffix 0 in an ascending manner Note It is possible to import Content Objects that refer to fields which do not exist in the data but the missing fields will be marked
148. bytes small objects Quiet zone left right top The symbol size adjusts i bottom 1X automatically depending on the amount of input data It is the de facto standard symbology in the following areas e Automotive e Aviation SPEC2000 e Pharmaceutical areas Deutsche Post DPLeit This symbology is used Valid characters 0 9 13 digits Leitcode by Deutsche Post The 1 check digit code is basically a Code iaht uiet zone left right 10X min TET EE 08 O 0 2 of 5 Interleaved 2 fc rig 01234 567 86 2 4 INC enhanced with a special check digit calculation It is used for encoding the ZIP Code Street and number of the shipment Deutsche Post DPIdent This symbology is used Valid characters 0 9 11 digits Identcode by Deutsche Post The 1 check digit code is basically a Code iaht TENEO EL LU 2 of 5 interleaved ile TM 01 234 567 86 Ya inch enhanced with a special check digit calculation DPD Code DPD DPD Code is used by Valid characters ASCII characters between 32 127 Quiet zone left right 10X min Ya inch Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 236 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters Barcode Symbology Name Parameter Description Characteristics EAN 8 4018 2735 EAN8 Creates an EAN8 encoding of the expression Valid characters 0 9 7 digits 1 check digit Quiet zone left righ
149. c or object specific options are indicated in parenthesis Table 15 Document Lock Options dialog Option Action or Attribute Override Apply these object specific lock options instead of the DocumentSettings Document level lock options all objects Layout Location edit the object s position on the X and Y axis Dimension edit the object s width and height Transform choose the object s rotation angle relative to the selected reference point Create Delete Items Document add or remove an object Delete item all objects add or remove an object Layer Changes Document edit the object s location on the Z axis Chapter 5 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects 111 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects Table 15 Document Lock Options dialog Option Action or Attribute Appearance Stroke Weight set the width of the object s edge Stroke Color set the color of the object s edge Background Color Document text frame and graphic frame set the color of the object s background Text Attributes Document and text frame perform a variety of text formatting operations such as setting the font type size and color or aligning the text in the desired direction Content Document text frame and graphic frame Change Text Document and text frame edit the text itself as opposed to its format Replace Gr
150. capabilities with Specialty Imaging text effects and color swatches This option is available only in the VIPP output format uCreate supports two Specialty Imaging effects for the VIPP output format 1 FluorescentText used for printing invisible text on special background color FluorescentText requires special light to detect the text This effect prints text in such a way that the content is virtually invisible under normal light conditions but becomes visible under Ultra Violet UV light Fluorescent marks can provide an added layer of protection against document fraud for applications such as a Concert tickets Admission passes VIP events a Retail promotions 2 MicroText Mark used for printing text in very small font sizes normally less than one point The text can be viewed only with a magnifying device MicroText fonts can provide additional hidden information for applications such as Invoices Coupons a Other fraud sensitive applications The Specialty Imaging effect is defined in uCreate using an InDesign Text Frame object such as the effect container The actual production is performed in either uCreate or uProduce The following section explains how to apply a Specialty Imaging effect to an InDesign text frame Appendix C Specialty Imaging 293 Defining a Specialty Imaging Effect Defining a Specialty Imaging Effect To define a Specialty Imaging effect 1 Left click anywhere inside
151. cates optimization which reuses the whole personalized image for all recipients who share the same data see Skip Duplicates on page 140 Define how to optimize the personalized image None no optimization is performed e Speed ulmage processes a smaller section of the Template that contains the uImage Tags This setting calculates the variable section only once based on the size of the tagged layer instead of recalculating it for each recipient This is the fastest production option but the processed area may be larger than the minimum required for some recipients Note This option cannot be used with scripts or actions It also requires setting the copy fitting mode to Over Fitting e Size uImage processes the smallest section possible of the Template for each recipient and that area only is saved as the personalized image This option saves the most disk space Note This option cannot be used with scripts or actions Custom the personalized image is a specific area of the Template containing all the variable data This setting requires marking the variable area in the Photoshop Template by drawing a rectangular path named uImageOptimize un quoted and case insensitive Default is None e For a detailed description of the Optimize feature and for instructions on the required procedures in Photoshop and InDesign see Using the Optimize Feature with ulmage Templates EPS Output Only in Chapter
152. ce llle nene 279 Appendix B Working with uChart Less 280 Using Enhanced Options miccional etet dum hate pe edn Ron ee dae x eint eae a Ra oen 286 Appendix C Specialty Imaging ieri 292 Defining a Specialty Imaging Effect liil nnne 293 System Requirements for Specialty Imaging Printing VIPP Only oooooccocooroooo 295 FluorescentMarks Specific Requirements 2 0000 eee rh 295 Contents xi MicroText Specific Requirements 0 rh 295 Appendix D XLIM Capabilities 0 0000 cee ee 296 Production a oo ae ay RR bate e oe eee ea ee Pe Ry wan Aere f t Ro aod Baa 297 Output Formats s Seiten eRe Bae A ae ey BA ee oed n Sec A dd 297 Production Related Options sssaaa anaa ee 297 Page Elements mie Pact aes Gk a a a a ERR RR RR ER 298 uic 299 uChart Dynamic Charts ss ce ke a a e Ea crt ee ee es ORE EUR KDE E A RR RR 299 XLIM for TIFFs si pun wo te ues Ruc ke wx Ga RR NER EE On WE anal naa Ra qe i aed 300 WON oe ua a as te a ad e ach ley UP RR I du i eR ta A de 301 Inline Content ii slum es Reo OX AC KR EUR RUE ee a ee i 302 EIS cerra ue ons aca won ie anita odi e SO ET ea la ras 302 TADOS Loose s e wa e Re ERO er RAW NEG UAE Edd rade a ra ERR AUR GR Ad 302 Support for All InDesign Static Object Features lille 303 Usability Guidelines iege Pied Bw ear kk e muy un ke Re xx x I x n 303 USING Transparency ws cette rmn Rete A
153. ced Options uChart allows you to further enhance the look of your chats by simply entering commands in the Chart Options area of the uChart Properties dialog When entering uChart parameters take into account that e Each parameter should be entered in a new line e Parameter names are case sensitive e Parameter names do not contain spaces e Parameter names must be preceded with a forward slash with no spaces between the parameter name and the slash Parameter names must be followed with a space The commonly used parameters are listed in Table 43 the Applicable To column indicates the chart type by its initial B Bar L Line P Pie Table 43 uChart Properties uChart Options Commonly Used Parameters Parameters Values Effect loe 3DDepth 0 0 to 1 0 Depth of 3D effect BLP 3DViewAngle 0 to 90 Apparent position of 3D BLP effect s point of view Aspect 0 1 to 10 0 Overall chart width BLP AxisColor color Color of all axes BL AxisStyle lineStyle Drawing style of axes BL AxisWidth 0 to 1000 Width of all axes BL BarGap 0 to 100 0 Size of the inter bar gaps B CalloutLayout Around Side Layout of pie chart s P callout lines CalloutLineColor color Color of callout lines P CalloutLineLength 0 04 to 1 0 Callout line length P CalloutLineStyle llineStyle Style of callout lines P Appendix B Working with uChart 287 Using Enhanc
154. cel Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 170 Setting uImage Defaults Optional Table 23 Template Output Format Properties Illustrator Illustrator Output Option Description Format CompuServe Clip to Determines how to clip the personalized image GIF GIF Possible values Continued Artboard clips the image to the artbaord Small bounding box clips the image to the smallest bounding box of all graphic elements including those that are outside the page Default is Artboard Colors Determines the number of colors in the personalized image Possible values 2 256 Default 256 Output Check this box to include transparency information in Transparency the personalized image Default is unchecked Adobe AI Properties Illustrator AT Embed links Cael Embed Check this box to embed all links in the personalized Links image Default is unchecked Setting uImage Defaults Optional The ulmage Defaults feature is an optional configuration used in case different designers work at different workstations on the same Campaign and need to share Documents The uImage Defaults section of the XMPie Preferences dialog allows defining a single root folder such as C Program Files XMPie for each type of uImage files Templates Outputs personalized images and Assets it overrides the default folder settings Chapter 7 Using uI
155. cognized Shape 22 gt Dynamic Style 8 xz Image Fitting Mode 1 7 Info Fx 4 Problem The graphic box has a fitting mode of Fill Proportionally and Centered Problem Details Fix Change the fitting mode to Fit Proportionally and Cent Preflight Status 54 problems Pages Q All On Off Checkbox The On Off checkbox toggles the activity of the XLIM Preflight panel e When On is selected the panel shows the XLIM compatibility issues detected in the current Document e When On is not selected the Preflight process is stopped and the panel is cleared of the listed problems Problems Filter View list The Problems filter controls the type of problems shown in the Problems list Choose one of the following types of problems from the View list Unresolved Problems shows only issues that are currently unresolved Resolved Problems shows only issues that have been resolved in the Document using the automatic fixing options see Fix Menu below All Problems shows both resolved and unresolved issues Appendix D XLIM Capabilities 309 XLIM Preflight Problems List The main body of the panel shows the problems detected in the current Document The problems are displayed according to the View chosen in the Problems Filter View list and are categorized by unsupported XLIM features for example General Problem Unrecognized Shape and Dynamic Style The total number of p
156. created using a ulmage Template named Green Frog HighRes psd This ulmage Template includes the first ulmage Tag whose content is First Name This Template s output filename format is Green Frog HighRes psd First Name gt jpg This format creates different filenames for two of the recipients Bo and Christiana Green Frog HighRes psd Bo jpg versusGreen Frog HighRes psd Christiana jpg Since these filenames are different uImage produces both files For any other recipient whose first name is either Bo or Christiana the filename will be identical If Skip Duplicates is checked the personalized image will not be produced again resulting in significantly quicker production times especially for large recipient lists with many duplicate names Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 162 Referencing a uImage Template file The Output Filename Format drop down list offers the following formatting options Automatic ulmage will use the default filename format which includes the values of all ulmage Tags defined in the uImage Tags section of the uImage Settings dialog If you do not have any special filename requirements choose this option and make sure Skip Duplicates is checked e Custom customize the Automatic default filename format using the uImage Output Filename Format dialog as explained below To customize the uImage Output Filename Format 1 Access the uImage Settings dialog shown in Figure 86 on pag
157. creating Campaign Packages cpkg and Document Packages dpkg see Using XMPie Packages on page 122 e For more information on uploading Packages to uProduce see Chapter 9 Collaborating with Other uCreate or uProduce Users on page 201 Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 33 uCreate Print Panel Options menu Table 3 uCreate Print Options menu Option Description Preflight Check the Document for any design item that might cause performance issues during the production run when using transparency or contour wrapping techniques Transparency techniques include drop shadow feathering opacity that is lower than 100 and transparent images Contour wrapping refers to text that is wrapped around an object shape that is shape contour either from one side or two sides of the object The tool provides information on techniques that affect production performance that is transparency and contour wrapping and explains how the software will handle them Furthermore the design objects that relate to the problem are selected and displayed in the design for reference Dynamic Print Create a Print Output file from the Document using values from the source currently being used to drive the Document s Content Objects This source may be one of the following at any given time Data Source Proof Set or content samples For further details on creating print files Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Docume
158. ct First Name Content Type Text Ohject Properties Shows Extended Functions in the Content Object Rule Building Blocks list Rule Definition Operators m Building Blocks Rule Type Literal Values Value Condition Common Functions Extended Functions Data Source Fields Content Object Properties The top section of the Rule Editor allows you to view and edit the following Content Object options Table 11 Table 11 Content Object Rule Editor Option Description Name The name of this Content Object displayed next to its icon in the uCreate PrintPanel If you selected the Link to Data Source uCreate Printautomatically creates a Content Object for each column header in the linked Data Source Type The Content Object s type Text Text with Style Text File Graphic Visibility Style or Table The type determines which options are available in the Rule Editor For details see Rule Definitions on page 83 Annotation Optional descriptive text providing useful information on this Rule Note that his annotation is not shown anywhere else and is intended for users who wish to record their own comments Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 83 Managing Content Objects Table 11 Content Object Rule Editor Option Description Campaign Check to mark this Content Object as a Campaign Dial thereby making Dial it available for modification via uStore The uStore Adm
159. cted this Touchpoint will become the default selection for all future Dynamic Print processes of this Document New Touchpoint creation Click the New button to define a new Touchpoint The New Touchpoint dialog opens Figure 103 Figure 103 New Touchpoint dialog New Touchpoint Name Uca Description Enter the Name and the Description for the new Touchpoint and click Create The new Touchpoint will be added to the Touchpoint drop down list once you click OK to close the Dynamic Print dialog Saved content Displays the list of Content Objects that will be tracked in uProduce objects in this The selection of Content Objects is taken from the Campaign campaign Tracking definitions in uProduce For more information on Tracking see the Working with uProduce Tracking chapter in the uProduce Reference Manual and the uProduce Marketing Console User Guide Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document Printing the Dynamic Document Using Dynamic Media Selection for Printing The Dynamic Media Selection option enables you to define a string or a Content Object associated with a spread This string is used to tell the print controller the specific media on which the spread is to be printed For example you may be printing a booklet that uses heavyweight blue paper for the cover page regular white paper for the body pages and red paper for section dividers between the chapters of the book In this case
160. cters Alphanumeric ASCII 0 255 Quiet zone left right 2X l PDF417 Truncated PDF417Trunc Used to encode large quantities of data The symbol is divided into rows and columns A data density of up to 900 characters per square inch is possible Valid characters Alphanumeric ASCII 0 255 and or bytes Quiet zone left right 2X Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 248 Functions Barcode Symbology Name Parameter Description Characteristics Pharmacode One Track 111111 Pharma1 Used in pharmaceutical areas Pharmacode supports colored bars The data for the bars spaces is encoded directly in the property Text e 0 is used for a narrow bar the width of these bars are enlarged after a color change according to ratio 1C e 1 is used for a wide bar the width of these bars are enlarged after a color change according to ratio 2C e bisused for a narrow bar e c is used for a wide bar Valid characters 0 9 Quiet zone left right or binary 6 mm Pharmacode Two Track A A BO 123456 Pharma2 Pharmacode assigns numeric values to the bars It is used for medicine packing in pharmaceutically area for small labels Usually Pharmacode is printed without a human readable text Valid characters numeric 0 9 and generic Quiet zone left ri
161. cument uCreate Print automatically creates the Content Objects defined in the Plan For further details see Linking a Document to a Plan not available for uCreate Print Standard on page 41 Link to ICP Port Link a Static Document to a uProduce ICP Port in order to be able to use online data updated from a RURL website You can also re link a Dynamic Document to an ICP Port in order to use online data To return to an offline mode you can re link a Dynamic Document to a Plan The uCreate Print user must be connected to the web in order to be able to link to a uProduce ICP Port For further details see Linking a Document to an ICP Port not available for uCreate Print Standard on page 45 Note A uProduce ICP Port is also available as a service using the XMPie Hosted uProduce e Media service For more details contact XMPie support Set Assets Folder Specify a folder that contains the Assets referenced by the Rules that assign values to Content Objects Link to Proof Set Link to a table of Content Object values that have been resolved for a subset of the Recipients list This table known as a Proof Set file allows you to view your Document with actual data For further details see Linking a Document to a Proof Set on page 44 Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 30 uCreate Print Panel Options menu Table 3 uCreate Print Options menu Option Description Database Fields D
162. d that will be sent to the customers and direct them to their personalized websites When linking your Print Campaign to a Port you will be asked to provide the credentials for uProduce and once a connection is set you can start proofing and printing through the live connection Note Using the Link to ICP Port functionality it is possible to connect either to the installed uProduce instance or to the hosted uProduce e Media service Chapter 9 Collaborating with Other uCreate or uProduce Users 206 Collaborating with Other uCreate or uProduce Users XMPie Export Scenarios uCreate allows you to create different types of files that can be exported and shared between XMPie applications for example exported from uCreate and uploaded to uProduce To export files from uCreate 1 Fromthe uCreate Panel Options menu select the Export option The XMPie Export window is displayed Figure 109 Figure 109 XMPie Export window Export Types XMPie Export Save in 3 uDirect Studio tutorial5 0 Dassets ie fonts My Recent Resources Documents ulmageTemplate My Network Places File name EDU_Completed Save as type Document Package Files dpka Document Package Files dpkg Proof Set Files proof 2 Set the Save in list to the location in which you wish to save the Proof Set 3 Set the File name list to the name of the exported file the default option is to use the Document name Ch
163. de32 It is used by the Italian Pharma Industry The code is also called Italian Pharmacode The Code 32 number consisting of 9 digits is converted to an equivalent Code 39 Barcode of 6 characters The letter the human readable text is prepended by A which is not encoded Valid characters 0 9 Quiet zone left right 10X min Ya inch Code 39 TEC IT Code39 In heavy use in industry organizations and commerce Developed in 1974 by INTERMEC and got standardized by ANSI MH 10 8 M 1983 and MIL STD 1189 Valid characters 0 9 A Z space Quiet zone left right 10X min Ya inch Code 39 Full ASCII TENE c Code39FA This barcode is rarely used because Code 128 offers much better compression Uses uses the same symbology as Code 39 but encodes also lower case letters and special characters A results in a lower case a when scanned Scanner must be configured correctly for decoding this barcode Valid characters ASCII characters between 0 127 Quiet zone left right 10X min Ya inch Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 233 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters Barcode Name Symbology Parameter Description Characteristics Code 93 Code93 Code 93 was invented Valid characters 0 9 A Z achieve better space information densities uiet zone left
164. dividual set of properties which you can view and modify This is done by selecting different elements of your Document and accessing their context menu The following table summarizes how to access some of the Content Object dynamic properties Table 12 Accessing Content Object Dynamic Properties SETEC and HI CU ENIS To access these properties element Frame of Graphic Dynamic Dynamic Graphic Properties Object Frame of dynamic story Dynamic Story Properties Text in dynamic story Dynamic Story Properties Text Dynamic Object Dynamic Story Properties and Dynamic Text Properties o d a 4 qu e mama Story DA Specialty Imaging 7 Dynamic Text Properties Dynamic properties of Text objects display Content Object name and enable you to select a preference for non breaking spaces and hyphenation To view dynamic text properties 1 Click the Text Content Object and right click the mouse button 2 Select Dynamic Text Properties from the menu displayed The Dynamic Text Properties dialog is displayed Chapter 5 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects 98 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects 3 If desired select the option for space and hyphenation 4 Click OK to close the dialog Dynamic Text File Properties Dynamic properties for Text File objects display the name of the Content Object and enable you to set a preference for nested composition To view dynamic text properties 1 Click the
165. down list to show All Types of Content Objects or to filter the list to show a specific type for example Text Graphic Visibility etc Highlight Dynamic Objects visually indicates design objects that are tagged with Content Objects in the Document Proofing Settings used to proof your Document first set the drop down list to a Proof Set Content Samples or a Data Source and link to the relevant file Then use the record selection field 81 1 to preview the Document with actual data by browsing through the records using the arrows or by entering the number of a specific record you wish to preview P h P Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 22 uCreate Print Panel The uCreate Print Panel also includes the following Visibility icons Table 1 uCreate Print Panel Visibility Icons Icon Option Description EE Active Dynamic Opens the Dynamic Visibility dialog so you can Spread Visibility assign a Visibility Content Object to the active spread ile Indicates when the active spread includes Visibility Content Objects 5 Active Dynamic Opens the Dynamic Visibility dialog so you can Layer Visibility assign a Visibility Content Object to the active layer E Indicates when the active layer includes Visibility Content Objects Note The icon will be the color of the active layer When you assign Visibility Content Objects to layers and spreads you can display or hide laye
166. dress1 Show Data Column School Image zr Background Colo Mew Content Object A Y Highlight Dynamic Objects al Data Source vv 3 15 of 99 gt EDU prospectives csv Note If a specific record has no data for the selected Text Content Object it will be used as the Shortest value and the search results will show a blank entry Setting the Location of Assets uCreate Print searches for the Assets listed in your Data Source file and uses their values to replace Content Objects during proofing and production By default uCreate Print assumes that all Assets reside in the same folder as the Data Source file currently linked to your Document or in its sub folders If you wish to set up a separate location for all your Assets you can use the Set Assets Folder option to specify this location to uCreate Print Assets specified in the Data Source file may not necessarily include a file extension or data path In these cases uCreate Print uses the following unique search algorithm For text or text file Assets uCreate Print will search for a matching file name with the following extensions in the order listed here txt plain text m rtf Rich text Format a doc MS Word Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document 121 Working with the Dynamic Document For graphic Assets uCreate Print will search for a matching file name with the following extensions in the order listed here eps ps
167. duce Reference Manual Chapter 1 Introduction to PersonalEffect 9 PersonalEffect Architecture PersonalEffect Architecture PersonalEffect basic architecture is illustrated in Figure 4 Figure 4 PersonalEffect Architecture LAN EE C TCR Production Servers X Database Y Email Services ICP RURL Site Interaction Database Mit Serice ARI e g Oracle MS Access MS SQL etc x AS A uProduce XM Print production Desktop Tools N 1 amp ER y XMPie Operator XMPie Operator uCreate uPlan Designer Tool Programmer DBA Tool Different members of the Campaign development team can work on various aspects of the same Campaign independently After creating an initial Plan that defines the ADOR Objects the database professionals programmers and sometimes even business managers can continue using uPlan to further refine the Campaign s Data and Logic At the same time designers and studio professionals can use uCreate to work on the Design Chapter 1 Introduction to PersonalEffect 10 PersonalEffect Architecture The binding of the various components into one coherent Dynamic Document is automatic because they all adhere to the formal interfaces of ADOR Objects on the Plan Design side and of Data Schema on the Plan Data side This automatic binding allows moving to production at any given moment and it is the key behind PersonalEffect superior su
168. e Table 21 uImage Settings Options Option Description Data Define the Rules for calculating the values of the uImage Tags in this uImage Template For each uImage Tag defined in the uImage Template a matching uImage Tag Rule must be defined here Available Fields The fields of the linked Data Source which may be used to define ulmage Tag Rules If a Tag is based on a Data Source field you can easily define its Rule by selecting the relevant field and clicking Add This Tag is added to the uImage Tags list with the same name as the field s name and its default Rule is to take the field s value as is from the Data Source To edit the name or the Rule of a Tag that is based on an available field select this Tag in the uImage Tags list and double click or click Customize see below Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 155 Referencing a uImage Template file Table 21 uImage Settings Options Option Description uImage Tags The Ru esfor calculating the recipient specific values of the uImage Tags in the uImage Template Make sure you define a Rule for each Tag in the uImage Template The name of the Tag s Rule in the uImage Settings dialog must match the name of the Tag in the uImage Template note that Tag names are NOT case sensitive e For text Tags use the Tag s name in the uImage Template without the angle brackets that define the Tag in Photoshop and Illustrator
169. e 148 open the New Content Object or Edit Content Object dialog of the uImage Template s Graphic Content Object and click Configure 2 In the Advanced Settings section set the Output Filename Format list to Custom The uImage Output Filename Format dialog is displayed Figure 92 Figure 92 uImage Output Filename Format ulmage Output Filename Format Rule Value w Sting Streetsign amp T Company Pon lt Preview StreetSignXeroxJoLi Recipient M 4 2 b Dl oF 24 3 Inthe Rule section use the building blocks and operators to customize the output filename format for example change the format of specific Tags to uppercase or lowercase for instructions on using the Rule Editor see Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects p Note Make sure the output filename format includes ALL uImage Tags used in the uImage Template Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 163 Referencing a uImage Template file 4 Click OK 5 Backin the uImage Settings dialog click OK to save your changes 6 Backin the New Content Object dialog or Edit Content Object dialog click OK to save your changes Continue your design work using the uImage Graphic Content Object to tag the relevant graphic s in your Document When you produce this Document the ulmage output filenames will have the specified format If you have checked Skip Duplicates in the uImage Settings dialog duplicated filenames will be detected and existing outpu
170. e 298 Images on page 299 uChart Dynamic Charts on page 299 XLIM for TIFF on page 300 Text on page 301 Inline Content on page 302 Lines on page 302 Tables on page 302 Support for All InDesign Static Object Features on page 303 Usability Guidelines on page 303 XLIM Preflight on page 306 Appendix D XLIM Capabilities 297 Production Production Output Formats The XLIM Composition Engine supports the following output formats PostScript VPS external reference for images Asset Resources VIPP external reference for images Asset Resources PPML using Base64 encoding for internal data external reference for images Assets Resources version 1 5 or 2 1 User selection PPML version 1 5 or 2 1 the JOB tag is used for PPML version 1 5 and DOCUMENT SET for PPML version 2 1 as the tag surrounding the job content PDF either a batch PDF for all recipients or multiple PDFs one per recipient PDE VT PDF and JPEG proof generation Production Related Options XLIM supports the following production related options Creating a number of copies dynamic and static values Step amp Repeat Imposition Bleeding Bleed enlarges the original design page size by the bleed measurements and places all elements accordingly offset according to the bleed Visibility Content Object Layer and Spread Dynamic Media selection Appendix D XLIM Capabilities 298 Page Elements Page Elements XLIM supports the following pag
171. e Document 2 Inthe uCreate Print Panel double click the desired Text Content Object or select the desired Text Content Object and then select Insert to Design from the context menu The object is inserted into your Document You can now proceed to format the text using standard InDesign methods For details on how to modify the Text Content Object s properties see Dynamic Text Properties on page 97 Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 59 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects Tagging a Design Object with a Graphic Content Object The Graphic Content Object is a pointer to a graphic file that is used in your Dynamic Document Note The recipient specific values of a Graphic Content Object are Asset names These names appear in the uCreate Print Panel s Data column For more information see Content Object Data Column on page 23 To insert a Graphic Content Object Choose one of the following Inthe uCreate Print Panel double click the desired Graphic Content Object or select the desired Graphic Content Object and then select Insert to Design from the context menu The object is inserted into your Document If there is a graphic frame selected in InDesign the Graphic Content Object will be inserted to it otherwise a new frame is created for the Content Object You can also make a text selection in InDesign and insert the Graphic Content Object as an inline image You can now proceed to modify the gra
172. e already tagged with another Content Object For example you can first make the text s content dynamic by tagging it with a Text Content Object and then make its format dynamic by tagging it using a Style Content Object When a Style Content Object is applied to text the text is marked with a unique visual indication in the form of a light blue wavy underline Note To check the literal values of a Content Object see the uCreate Print Panel s Data column for more information see Content Object Data Column on page 23 e InDesign styles that are grouped in the Styles panel cannot be accessed through uCreate Print Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 71 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects To insert a Style Content Object 1 Click the Type Tool icon or Selection Tool icon and then use the mouse to highlight any text or object respectively in the Document 2 Inthe uCreate Print Panel double click the desired Style Content Object When the value of the Style Content Object is populated for each recipient the desired style is applied to the tagged text or object To remove a Style Content Object To remove a Style Content Object that is remove the Character Style or Object Style without removing the text or object itself proceed as follows 1 Click the Type Tool icon or Selection Tool icon and then use the mouse to highlight the text or object respectively to which a Style Content Ob
173. e elements of a design Supported design objects a Text frames Graphic frames a Text stories with inline graphic frames where each inline frame has a single image For information on the features supported for inline boxes see Inline Content on page 302 Background color plain no gradients including tint Overflow underflow handling Overflow policy handling a Copy fitting algorithms overflow underflow overflow and underflow Uses binary search for fast retrieval of best fitting algorithm modifiers Line Height Font Size Text Composition in XLIM is slightly different from InDesign Words are moved to the next line when there is insufficient space in the current line Break hyphenation occurs only when the next line does not have enough space to contain the word best fit oriented Spaces are removed from the beginning of a line if it is broken The Suppress trailing spaces option is always on Frame transformations skew rotation etc Paragraph features a Alignment last line alignment and justification a The size of spacing between paragraphs space before and space after Vertical alignment of InDesign text frames Images Appendix D XLIM Capabilities 299 Images Linked InDesign text frames Left and right indentation of paragraphs from the left and right edges respectively of the frame Solid borders plain color no gradients including tint Inline content
174. e recommendations for X DOT usage to minimize the impacts described above To the extent possible avoid creating unique X DOT objects meaning avoid creating an X DOT object that combines a static or a reusable object with a unique one Of course creating these unique X DOT objects is supported but will simply result in excessive storage and processing time difficulties Chapter 5 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects 109 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects To improve X DOT usage make the X DOT object as small as possible for example by trimming the interacting objects at the intersecting sections and leaving all the rest intact Practically split each object into two parts one that intersects with another object and one that does not Note Always test your design when using this feature for any performance issues before entering a production run You should check spooling performance output file size and Printer Server RIP performance Setting Up XLIM Document Editing Permissions uCreate can be used to create XLIM Documents and set their editing permissions These permissions are defined as Lock Options a list of properties that are locked for editing The Lock Options are set at the Document level but may be overridden per object a text frame a graphic frame or a line The XLIM Documents can later be edited using uEdit XMPie s web based Document editing solution
175. eate 153 Referencing a uImage Template file Table 21 uImage Settings Options Option Description Copy Fitting Once a Copy Fitting Mode is selected choose one of the following Method methods Horizontal Scaling handles text overflow and or underflow depending on the Copy Fitting Mode by either condensing or expanding the text horizontally The font is distorted appears narrower or wider than it should but its height remains unchanged Keeping the same height ensures the text does not overflow above or below its frame For example in Figure 89 below handling the underflow with horizontal scaling stretches the text without overflowing into the image above it Font Size handles text overflow or underflow by scaling the font proportionally both horizontally and vertically The font is not distorted however its height varies for different text lengths When using one of the underflow copy fitting modes height variations might cause the text to overflow above or below its frame For example in Figure 89 handing the underflow by increasing the font size caused the text to overflow into the image above it Note The minimum and maximum font sizes allowed are defined by the uImage Template Figure 89 Copy Fitting Methods Underflow Handled with Font Size versus Horizontal Scaling BatsievaA Horizontal Scaling Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 154 Referencing a uImage Template fil
176. ed Options Table 43 uChart Properties uChart Options Commonly Used Parameters Parameters Values Effect EB QUE CalloutLineWidth 0 to 9999 Width of callout lines P ChartLabelSize 0 1 to 100 On chart value text size BLP ChartValueSize 0 1 to 1000 On chart value text size BLP ColorListLabels label1 Drawing color for specific BLP labelN labels CompressHighLow No Yes Compress out bottom BL space CutoutText No Yes Cut out text from BLP surroundings FillBelow No Yes Fill in space below data L line FloorSize 0 1 to 100 Font height of Floor text BL GridLineColor color Color of grid BL GridLineStyle lineStyle Drawing style of grid lines BL GridLineWidth 0 to 1000 0 Width of grid lines BL GroupGap 0 to 10 0 Inter group space BL GroupSize 0 1 to 100 Font height of Group text BL HighValue number Top of range for data BL values KeepZeroData Yes No Discard 0 valued data BLP LabelColor color Color of labels BLP LabelFormat stringFormat Transforms label text BLP LabelLocation location On chart label value BL location Appendix B Working with uChart 288 Using Enhanced Options Table 43 uChart Properties uChart Options Commonly Used Parameters Parameters Values Effect SEDE LabelLocation location On chart label value P location Label
177. entKey RecipientKey ReplaceInvalidWith Example The following example replaces the space character with an underscore CleanRecipientKey John Michael Smith John Michael Smith The following example removes the space character CleanRecipientKey John Michael Smith JohnMichael Smith Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 267 Functions HexToUnicode Function Hexadecimal code allows you to represent special unicode characters which cannot be represented by symbols by using their hexadecimal values The HexToUnicode function allows you to treat a hexadecimal string as a unicode string The input parameter exprAsHexString is a string of hexadecimal characters Each sequence of four hexadecimal characters is converted into the matching unicode character if the string cannot be divided into four the function automatically pads the string with leading zeros Note that the input string value is ordered in big endian Syntax HexToUnicode exprAsHexString Example In order to use the tab character you can use its Hex value 9 as follows Hello HexToUnicode 9 World would result in Hello lt Tab gt World Conversion Functions Conversion functions allow you to convert different types of data AsBoolean Function The AsBoolean function evaluates the expression as True False The Nu11 value is false regardless of the data type For a Number expression 0 is False otherwise it
178. ents within the same Campaign For example you can set a Rule that creates high resolution images for a specific Document whose ID is 5 and low resolution images for Document by any other ID Syntax GetEnv DocumentID Example GetEnv DocumentID 5 Document Type The environment constant Document Type returns the Document type defined in the job ticket Possible return values are listed below Table 41 Table 41 DocumentType Return Values Return Value Description HTML An HTML Document INDD An Adobe InDesign Document TXT A text Document XLIM An XMPie proprietary XLIM Document Syntax GetEnv DOCUMENT TYPE Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 275 Functions Note This expression returns a valid value only for the following job types other job types return an empty string e PRINT PROOF ON DEMAND EMAIL MARKETING EMAIL MARKETING TEST Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 276 Functions uImage Functions The following ulmage functions are used to create personalized images For detailed documentation see Chapter 4 Defining and Generating Personalized Images in uPlan of the uImage User Guide ulmage uImage The ulmage uImage callis used to create personalized images from a Photoshop Document Package uImage CreateImage2 The ulmage CreateImage2 callis used to is used to create personalized images from a Photoshop Te
179. epresent different clients of the uProduce user For example if the uProduce user has a client named ABC this user can create an Account named Account ABC and conveniently organize all of ABC Campaigns under that Account Being a server and supporting operations such a checking in and checking out Plans Documents and other objects make uProduce not only a production center but also a collaboration hub As such uProduce enhances and streamlines the workflow of multi person or even multi site Campaign development teams uProduce is also the manifestation of the Platform nature of the PersonalEffect solution through its APIs and remote connection to databases uProduce enables application development for supporting customers specific needs such as automation also known as Lights Out operation or custom made web to print solutions uProduce includes the Interactive Content Ports ICP technology which is the key to a full creative freedom in dynamic web development and print web synchronicity in Cross Media Campaigns This revolutionary technology allows for the design of websites for Cross Media Campaigns using industry standard software without XMPie proprietary tools through Interactive Content Ports It provides you with direct connection to variables as if they were a standard database or available via Web Services without needing to host the Campaign web pages on uProduce For more information on uProduce see the uPro
180. er customizing the barcode Module width see Module Width Parameter on page 256 Code page see CodePage Parameter on page 257 Binary string see BinaryString Parameter on page 258 Color see Color Parameters on page 258 The following sections provide information on Defining a Dynamic Barcode describe the Supported Barcodes and Matching Olingo Parameters and give instructions on Adding a Barcode to your Document Defining a Dynamic Barcode This section explains how to define a dynamic barcode using a Graphic Content Object To add a barcode Content Object 1 Rightclick anywhere in the uCreate Print panel and select New Content Object The Rule Editor s New Content Object dialog is displayed Figure 110 Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 225 Functions Figure 110 New Content Object dialog re gt New Content Obi NR i B Name QRCode Type Graphic E Campaign Dial Annotation V Extended Functions Cancel Rule View QLingo If T CustomerType y y String Private X E Then Graphic XMPBarcode QRCode vil String v lees Else Graphic v XMPBarcode v QRCode vil v String bd nse 4 m Preview Recipient 14 1 b M of2 S J From the Type drop down list select Graphic The Rule section of the dialog displays the graphic specific options Check the Extended Functions check box From the functions drop down list select the XMPBarcode funct
181. er processing For information on viewing dynamic content using Data Sources see Using Values from a Data Source on page 115 Proof Sets A Proof Set file is the result of the Rule calculation performed on a Data Source It consists of an XML encoded table in which columns represent Content Objects and rows represent a set of values one per Content Object for a given recipient Proof Sets are typically generated for a subset of the recipients list with possibly a few more filtering criteria by executing the Logic for each selected recipient and storing the resulting Content Object values in that recipient s row Sometimes Proof Sets may represent the whole set for which a specific production run is to be executed In such cases they may be referred to as Production Sets Note that due to the Rule calculation the Proof Set s resolved values may be quite different from the Data Source s original values This difference is illustrated by the example discussed in the Data Sources section above the Rule calculation transformed the Data Source s original values recipient ages into resolved values recipient descriptions adult or child The Proof Set file itself is viewed using XMPie s uPlan application which includes a Proof Set Viewer tool Figure 69 Figure 69 Example Proof Set Displayed using uPlan s Proof Set Viewer Elle View Help eg
182. ert it to static text Specify how to perform the matching using the following options Table 8 Link to Data Source dialog Option Description Previous Data Lists all fields column headers in the previous Data Source Source Field which were used to create Content Objects All these fields must be matched or converted to static text Action or Determines how to handle the fields of the previous Data Current Data Source Each field has a drop down list allowing you to choose Source Field an action to be performed or a matching field of the current Data Source The available actions and fields are described below Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 52 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Table 8 Link to Data Source dialog Option Description Unmatched A field of the previous Data Source that is unmatched by a field of the current Data Source Tip When a field is unmatched its Content Object s expression becomes invalid To re link the Document successfully you must match all fields or replace them with static text Replace with Choose this option if a field in the previous Data Source does Static Text gt gt not exist in the current Data Source to ensure all Content Object Rules remain valid This option displays a Text frame Figure 27 allowing you to enter static text This text will replace all instances in which this field s Content Object appea
183. es The connection to uProduce is made through a new uCreate Print panel option Link to ICP Port which has been added to the existing linking options such as Link to Plan and Link to Data Source After providing the IP address or name and credentials for connecting to the uProduce Server you can start proofing and printing your Document through the live connection Linking to an ICP also provides e Media Campaigns with the Print capabilities of uCreate Print In such Campaigns which combine web and print any database update done through the website must be reflected in the print output For example if a new user joins the Campaign through a Registration page the print output should include a postcard for this new user The ICP connection makes it possible to place the latest website information on the print output using two new two new Content Objects which are automatically added to the uCreate Print panel e XMPieRURL the URL of the recipient s personalized website e XMPieRecipientKey the internal identification code of this recipient These Content Objects make it very easy to place the URL on a postcard that will be sent to customers and direct them to their personalized websites In addition it is now possible to create Ports on uProduce Print machines that do not have e Media capabilities This allows multiple designers working on different machines to share Campaign Data Keep in mind that in such print only e
184. es that is boxes that do not include dynamic content a transparent frame frame A that is placed over a frame filled with a gradient color frame B Since the two boxes overlap and cannot be rendered separately XLIM merges them into a single EPS image Appendix D XLIM Capabilities 304 Usability Guidelines Figure 125 XLIM Using Transparency A Note that in this example if either frame A or frame B contained dynamic content XLIM would not be able to merge the two boxes and produce the EPS image Furthermore in order to maintain the Z order of several overlapping objects when one or more of them uses transparency XLIM may convert all overlapping objects into a single EPS image Figure 126 shows an example of four overlapping objects boxes A B C and D The boxes are arranged in a stack where frame A is located at the back and the transparent frame D is located at the front If only boxes A C and D were converted to an EPS image the entire layout would be wrong as frame B would be located at the back or at the front of the stack and not between frame A and frame C To maintain the Z order of these boxes XLIM merges the four boxes including frame B which does not overlap the transparent frame D into a single EPS image Figure 126 XLIM Maintaining the Z Order of Objects Appendix D XLIM Capabilities 305 Usability Guidelines Using Text Wrap Although InDesign s Text Wrap feature is not supported
185. es each ulmage output file using the uImage Template s name followed by the values of the Tags on the uImage Tags list The default naming convention is lt ulmage Template Name ulmage Tag 1 Value lt uImage Tag 2 Value ulImage Tag n Value gt lt Format Extension For example when using the Green Frog HighRes psd Template which includes the Tag First Name Bo and Christiana s automatic filenames are as follows Green Frog HighRes psd Christiana jpg Green Frog HighRes psd Bo jpg Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 140 Referencing a uImage Document Package Table 19 uImage Settings dialog Option Description Output e Custom customize the format of the uImage output file Filename names Click Customize to open the uImage Output Format Cont Filename Format dialog Figure 92 on page 162 and define a Rule for the file name For example you can set a specific ulmage Tag such as the recipient s name to appear in uppercase For details see Defining uImage Tag Rules on page 159 Skip Duplicates setting the Output Filename Format to Customize enables you to optimize production by reusing a single image for all recipients who share the same data To use this functionality the Output Filename Format must reflect the values used in all uImage Tags That is if two recipients data create the same personalized image the Output Filename Format will create the same fi
186. es it easy to create such effects saving you the need to define how to separate the text to letters and map the letters to images e Separated Letters creates a personalized image in which the personalized text is created using regular fonts Each letter is placed in a separate text layer so it can have a different design a different location size and color This specialized application makes it easy to create such effects saving you the need to define how to separate the text to letters Template The name of the uImage Template included in this Document Document Package Note This setting is automatically passed from the uImage Document Package Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 137 Referencing a uImage Document Package Table 19 uImage Settings dialog Option Description Data Define the Ru es for calculating the values of the uImage Tags or the personalized text in this ulmage Template Each uImage Tag or personalized text defined in the uImage Template must have a matching Rule in the uImage Settings dialog uImage The names of the uImage Tags defined in the Template this list is Tags Regular automatically passed by the Document Package Templates For each Tag name you are required to define a Rule that calculates the Tag value per recipient To define or edit the Tag Rule double click the Tag name in the ulmage Tags list or select the Tag and click Customize The Customize u
187. ession Syntax GetMonth date expression Example GetMonth 02 07 2006 12 57 20 7 GetYear Function The GetYear function gets the year of the date expression Syntax GetYear dat xpression Example GetYear 02 07 2006 12 57 20 2006 GetDayOfWeek Function The Get DayOfWeek function gets the day of the week 1 to 7 where 1 denotes Sunday df the date expression Syntax GetDayOfWeek dat xpression Example GetDayOfWeek 02 07 2006 12 57 20 1 GetHour Function The GetHour function gets the hour 0 to 23 of the date expression Syntax GetHour date expression Example GetHour 02 07 2006 12 57 20 12 Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 221 Functions GetMinute Function The GetMinute function gets the minute 0 to 59 of the date expression Syntax GetMinute dat xpression Example GetMinute 02 07 2006 12 57 20 57 GetSecond Function The GetSecond function gets the second 0 to 59 of the date expression Syntax GetSecond date expression Example GetSecond 02 07 2006 12 57 20 20 Age Function The Age function gets the age calculates from the current date time including the year for example 31 and a half years old 31 5 of the date expression Syntax Age date expression Example Age 31 01 1973 33 5 Now Function The Now function gets the current date time Syntax Now Example Now 02 07 2006 12 57 20 A
188. eter You may want to control the Code Page of the barcode A Code Page defines how text characters are encoded For all barcode symbologies the default Code Page is UTF 8 You can set a different Code Page using the CodePage parameter Note e If your input data contains characters that are not part of the default code page these characters are lost do not appear in the barcode e If the default Code Page is not the one your barcode reader expects the wrong information other characters appears in the barcode Possible values are e Default UTF 8 Local the Code Page that is set in the machine s Regional and Language Options e Windows1252 IS08859 1 e ASCIIExtended437 e UTF8 Korean949 e ShiftJIS932 e SimplifiedChinese936 TraditionalChinese950 e ANSICyrillic1251 e KOI8 R20866 Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 258 Functions The following example shows how to set the code page for a OR code to ShiftJIS932 XMPBarcode QRCode http www xmpie com udirect CodePage ShiftJIS932 BinaryString Parameter You can direct the XMPBarcode function to encode the input string as is To do so use the BinaryString parameter This is useful when you are would like to encode binary characters that cannot be represented as text You can customize the Barcode s BinaryString parameter by setting it to one of the following values e false treats the input as a text string e truec treats the
189. etermine how to use the fields of the linked Data Source Choose Available Fields choose the Data Source fields that are available as Content Objects Set Primary Field set the Data Source field used to identify recipients For further details see Database Fields Usage Available Fields and Primary Field on page 37 Edit in uPlan Open the linked Plan file in the uPlan application so you can make modifications to the Plan objects Note that this option is available only if uPlan is installed on your machine For information on creating a Plan see the uP an User Guide View Proof Set Open the table of resolved Content Object values to which your Document is currently linked This table known as a Proof Set is viewed using the Proof Set Viewer tool of the uPlan application Note that this option is available only if uPlan is installed on your machine For further details see Using Values from a Proof Set on page 117 Convert Rules to Convert the Content Object Rules to a Plan file and then Plan continue your work using XMPie uPlan See Converting Content Object Rules to a Plan File on page 43 Find and Replace Search for specified text or dynamic objects to be replaced with a dynamic object Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 31 uCreate Print Panel Options menu Table 3 uCreate Print Options menu Option Description Content Objects If your Design is linked to a
190. f you initially chose to define your Campaign Logic using the Rule Editor you can convert the Content Object Rules to a Plan file and then continue your work using XMPie uPlan Note that once your Content Object Rules have been converted to a Plan file you can only use uPlan to edit them You will not be able to revert to editing these Rules using the Rule Editor To convert your Content Object Rules to a Plan file 1 From the Options menu select Convert to Plan You are prompted to confirm that you wish to convert your Content Object Rules to a Plan file Figure 19 Convert to Plan File Confirmation Message x A Convert this document from uDirect to uCreate Press Yes to extract save and assign a uCreate plan For this document This operation cannot be undone 3 e Click Yes to confirm the Plan conversion The Save Plan As dialog is displayed Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 44 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Figure 20 Save Plan As dialog IA ax Save in E plan 005 My Recent Documents Desktop Joy Travel Loyalty v1 5 plan 9 My Documents mm Ly My Network File name toy Travel Loyalty v1 5 plan y Places Save as type Plan Files plan Cancel Z 3 Browse to the location where you want to save the Plan file enter a name for the Plan file and then click Save Note By default the newly created Plan file name is set to the name of your D
191. fferent dynamic text values have different lengths For example the name Jo is much shorter than Christopher In some Templates the name Jo will fit into the text frame while the name Christopher will overflow Choose a Copy Fitting Mode and then choose a Copy Fitting Method see below Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 152 Referencing a uImage Template file Table 21 uImage Settings Options Option Description Copy Fitting Select one of the following copy fitting modes from the list Mode e Off disables the copy fitting feature Select this mode if you do not want the dynamic text to be manipulated in any way Note that copy fitting is required to make sure variances in recipient data fit properly into the text frame Overflow automatically handles text overflow by reducing it to the maximum size allowed by the uImage Template If the text is shorter than the maximum size allowed it remains unchanged Overflow and Underflow automatically stretches or condenses the text so that it is exactly the maximum size allowed Manual uses the copy fitting settings defined in the uImage Template Underflow automatically handles text underflow by enlarging it up to the maximum size allowed This mode is rarely used since it does not handle overflowing text if text is longer than the maximum size allowed it remains unchanged Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCr
192. follow empty Content Objects 1 Click anywhere inside the desired story text frame and then right click the mouse button 2 Select Dynamic Story Properties from the context menu and then select Suppress Trailing Spaces on Empty Content Suppress Table Content Object when Empty The Suppress Tables when Empty option automatically discards the header and footer of a Table Content Object that does not have data for a specific recipient Note This feature is enabled only when Suppress Trailing Spaces is turned on It is applied at the story level and not per Table Content Object To suppress a table when empty Select Dynamic Story Properties from the context menu and then select Suppress Tables when empty Chapter 5 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects 101 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects Dynamic Story Length Handling Dynamic Story Length Handling is used to activate the Copy Fitting and or Auto Flow functions These functions handle text whose length is dynamic for example Text File or Table Content Objects and might overflow from one story frame to another e Copy Fitting this feature is used to handle cases of text overflow or underflow the latter creates extraneous blank spaces in your Document This feature allows you to specify how the text is to be fitted into the story area by modifying the font size font width and the auto leading e Auto Flow this feature automatically adds the required number
193. g a field renaming the Data Source or deleting it altogether In any of these cases the changes in the linked Data Source are detected the next time you open InDesign and launch your Document The following procedure explains how to match the Data Sources and re link your Document to data To re link a Document whose Data Source had changed 1 Launch InDesign and open your Document The Data Source Fields Changed dialog is displayed notifying you of the data mismatch and specifying the path and file name of the Data Source Figure 31 Figure 31 Data Source Fields Changed dialog Data Source Fields Changed The fields in the linked Data Source have changed since you last saved this document Click Relink to continue using this Data Source You will then be required to match the fields in the new Data Source with those in the previous one Click Disconnect to disconnect from this Data Source You can link to a Data Source later by selecting Link to Data Source in the XMPie palette menu Data Source C Documents and Settings michal Desktop Verification campaign 4 5 1 EDU_prospectives csy Disconnect Relink J 2 Chooseone of the following options a To continue using this Data Source click Relink The Link to Data Source wizard is displayed allowing you to match the previous and current Data Sources see Figure 26 on page 51 a To stop using this Data Source click Disconnect You can link to another Data So
194. g for this Campaign in uProduce The Tracking request and definitions are made as part of the Dynamic Print process when the actual printing occurs Once the user launches a Dynamic Print process uCreate sends the Tracking information to uProduce uProduce saves the Tracking information under a Touchpoint A Touchpoint is a set of events related to the interaction with a recipient for example a Touchpoint may be Initial Postcard Mailing printed You can define the Touchpoint for Tracking in uCreate Connecting uCreate Campaign to uProduce Port allows Tracking of desktop printing and saving the Tracking information in the uProduce database The Tracking view in uCreate allows the user to set the Dynamic Print Tracking definitions Figure 102 Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 192 Printing the Dynamic Document Figure 102 Dynamic Print dialog Tracking view Policies Tracking Copies v Enable Tracking Step amp Repeat Touchpoint test track v New Advanced j Saved content objects in this campaign T Address1 a T Address2 T City T First Name T Average Grade T Last Name T State T Zip Fej Show Scholarship Y Table 30 Dynamic Print dialog Tracking View Option Description Enable Tracking This checkbox is checked by default and therefore every Dynamic Print in a Document that is linked to an ICP Port is tracked To disable Tracking uncheck this checkbox
195. ges and seamlessly merge them into XMPie variable publishing in print and online The uImage calls are implemented directly from the uCreate Rule Editor allowing designers to create VDP documents with rich image personalization The following chapters provide detailed instructions on working with uCreate Print uProduce uProduce is server based software for managing and producing Campaigns The user can operate uProduce through its browser based application known as the uProduce Dashboard This Dashboard supports Campaign creation Campaign management Campaign production Job management and other operations uProduce also supports a rich set of APIs that enable driving it from other programs automatically without relying on manual operation of the Dashboard user interface As discussed earlier Campaigns are actually compact representations of many potential Dynamic Documents when each Document is bound to the Plan and Data Sources it becomes a Dynamic Document Therefore whenever a Design in the Campaign is selected and an operation such as proofing or processing is performed that Design is implicitly bound to the Logic and Data This binding allows the uProduce algorithms to process the bound components and create the needed personalized Document instances in the desired target media Chapter 1 Introduction to PersonalEffect 8 PersonalEffect Core Applications uProduce allows you to organize Campaigns into Accounts which r
196. ght 6 mm Planet 12 Wd 123456789014 Planet12 This code was developed for the United States Postal Services It is a 3 of 5 variant of the Postnet barcode Valid characters 0 9 Quiet zone left right top bottom 1 8 inch 1 25 inch Input length 11 digits 1 check digit Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 249 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters Barcode Symbology Name Parameter Description Characteristics Planet 14 WM 12345678901239 Planeti4 This code was developed for the United States Postal Services It is a 3 of 5 variant of the Postnet barcode Valid characters 0 9 Quiet zone left right 1 25 inch top bottom 1 8 inch Input length 13 digits 1 check digit PNZ7 PZN 1234562 PZN7 PNZ Pharma Zentralnummer PZN uses Code 39 as the base symbology It uses a special check digit and the human readable text always contains the prefix PZN which is not encoded in the barcode data PZN7 is valid until the end of 2012 and will be replaced by PZN8 with the beginning of year 2013 PZN7 numbers will stay valid but are going to be extended to 8 digits by a leading 0 Valid characters 0 9 6 digits 1 check digit Quiet zone left right 10X min Ya inch Plessey Code ABC123B3 Plessey Plessey code is in use primarily in libraries It is a pulse w
197. gy whereas Group B presents a dynamic print production that uses the X DOT technology As a result the objects in Group A did not maintain their transparency attributes while the objects in Group B have fully preserved them m Note Starting from PersonalEffect Release 3 0 X DOT technology is applied automatically to designs that implement transparency techniques 107 Chapter 5 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects 108 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects Figure 67 Maintaining Transparency using X DOT Technology X DOT Usability Considerations The XMPie software attempts to automatically identify X DOT objects that can be reused The software does this well when the X DOT object combines objects of a certain reusability degree a static object and a reusable object combined in all possible variations However you may encounter difficulties at production time when attempting to create an X DOT object that combines objects with different reusability degrees such as a static object with a unique one In such cases the usability degree of the combined X DOT object is equal to the lowest usability degree of its components Starting from PersonalEffect Release 3 0 XMPie makes an effort to reduce performance issues that may occur at production time when using transparency effects by copying the graphic segments relevant for creating the transparency effect rather than processing the complete image Design Guidelines Below ar
198. he Document is linked to a Plan you cannot manage Content Objects but have other options such as reloading the Plan or using Proof Sets Both modes support the same point and click operations for tagging design objects with the desired Content Objects Switching Modes uCreate Print allows you to work with both Data Sources and Plan files using either the Rule Editor or uPlan respectively to design your Campaign Logic If you initially chose to work with a Data Source and designed your Document Logic using the Rule Editor you can convert all Rules to a Plan file see Converting Content Object Rules to a Plan File on page 43 and continue your work using XMPie uPlan Note that this change is irreversible once you convert your Content Object Rules to a Plan file you can no longer edit them using a Rule Editor Instead the Plan file you created can be managed using the uPlan application Linking a Document to a Plan not available for uCreate Print Standard To obtain the Content Objects defined in your Campaign Logic you must first link your document to a Plan file The Plan represents the Campaign s Logic component and is defined with the uPlan application For information on creating a Plan refer to the uPlan User s Guide uCreate Print allows to link to a Plan file instead of linking directly to a Data Source in order to use a uPlan workflow uPlan allows you to work with both simple and complex ODBC compliant Data Sources
199. he media set for the last page of the previous booklet will also be applied to the first page of the next booklet Therefore unless the last page is set explicitly to have no media settings there would be an inconsistency between the first booklet and others Based on For each record the spread s media will be set by the value of the the value Content Object you select from the drop down list Set this list to the of Media Selection Content Object you created in step 1 as shown in Figure 104 on page 194 Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 196 Printing the Dynamic Document Table 31 Dynamic Media Selection dialog Option Description Media Enter the string that is mapped at the print controller to the media value required for the spread Make sure this value is compatible with your text box Print Output format see Setting the Right Media Value for your Print Output Format on page 196 5 Click OK to save your changes and close the dialog Setting the Right Media Value for your Print Output Format The dynamic media value may be set in two places The Dynamic Media Selection dialog s text box e A Content Object Rule This section explains how to define a dynamic media value that is compatible with your Print Server or output device and with the chosen Print Output format Choosing a Print Output Format that Best Suits your Print Server XMPie Dynamic Media Selection i
200. he mismatch Figure 30 Click OK and fix the problem for example modify the fields expressions link to a compatible Data Source or return to the wizard and handle these fields Figure 30 Link to Data Source Error message One or more Content Object expressions are not compatible with the Data Source Modify these expressions and then link to the Data Source or link to a compatible Data Source Critical Some fields that are fetched by the recipient filter are not used by the Plan The fields are Content Object A Address1 Critical Some fields that are fetched by the recipient filter are not used by the Plan The fields are Content Object A amp ddress2 Ifall previous Data Source fields are matched with current Data Source fields a message is displayed informing you that the Link to Data Source Completed Successfully Click OK The uCreate Print Panel s Content Objects list is displayed showing the matched Content Objects and any new Content Objects you have added You are now properly linked to the current Data Source and can continue designing your Document Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 56 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Data Source Matching Triggered by Changes in the Data Source You may continue to use the same Data Source without trying to link your Document to a different Data Source but the Data Source itself may change over time These changes include renamin
201. hout the mold spread Clear this option to create a special design for the mold spread which will appear in the Document only for recipients whose Auto Flow story is indeed overflowing Generate at most mold instances Limit the number of the mold spread instances generated For example you can specify that there should never be more than 10 spreads printed per recipient Copy Fit on Handle cases of text overflow and or underflow specify how the text is to be fitted into the story area by modifying the font size font width and the auto leading Underflow Automatic fitting is used only in case of text underflow For this option select the appropriate Maximum value for font enlargement and auto leading as described below Overflow Automatic fitting is used only in case of text overflow For this option select the appropriate Minimum value for font reduction and auto leading as described below Overflow and Underflow Automatic fitting is used for both text underflow and overflow For this option select the appropriate reduction and enlargement options Adjust Font Size TT Handles the overflow or underflow by changing the font size according to the Step percentage until the problem is solved or until the Max or Min change percentage has been reached Note for text defined as Auto Leading the leading will be changed in proportion to the font size T Adjust H
202. ic frames derive their content and or appearance from computations and vary for each recipient Such design objects are called Dynamic Design Objects Dynamic Objects in short The terms XMPie Tagged Document or XMPie Dynamic Document Template are sometimes used interchangeably with Design The Logic component of a Dynamic Document provides the set of Rules for such computations and the Data component provides the Data Source for example an Excel sheet or a database for such computations The modularity of the Dynamic Document construct enables changes in the Logic Data or Design components to be carried out almost independently Moreover no special custom programming is needed in order to bind these three components together into one Dynamic Document As a result PersonalEffect implementation of Dynamic Documents promotes highly concurrent and streamlined workflows Chapter 1 Introduction to PersonalEffect 3 The PersonalEffect Solution Overview Campaigns A Campaign is a container that holds different Designs such as a postcard a personalized website a follow up email etc which all share the same Logic and Data Campaigns allow you to efficiently produce different Dynamic Documents of various media types Practically speaking the Dynamic Document components are represented by the following Campaign components e The Plan is represented by a Plan file e The Data is represented by Data Sources The Design is
203. idth modulated code and was developed by Plessey Company Limited in UK The check digit is calculated with a polynomial CRC algorithm and is always part of the symbology Valid characters numeric 0 9 A B C D E F Quiet zone left right 12X Plessey Bidirectional PlesseyBidir Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 250 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters Barcode Symbology Name Parameter Description Characteristics POSTNET USPSZIP POSTNET Gets the digits in expression validates that the number of digits is 5 9 or 11 and adds a digit at the end for check sum thereby creating a POSTNET encoding of the input string Valid characters 0 9 n fa QRCode Used to encode large quantities of data and was developed for fast readability QR Quick Response Code by Denso The symbol size adjusts automatically depending on input data Special industry formats are supported Valid characters Alphanumeric and or bytes Kanji character set Quiet zone left right top bottom 4X Royal Mail 4 State hull pl OMA UT RM4SCC This code is a height modulated code using 4 different vertical bars It is used in mass mailing applications Cleanmail Mailsort of the Royal Mail United Kingdom and Singapore also called SinPost barcode Encoded are ZIPs Valid characters 0 9
204. ign had been created in uProduce it can be leveraged for more sophisticated Data Source connections or rules last minute production oriented design changes or adding HTML Documents for cross media In addition and no less important is the ability of the uProduce user to harness more powerful production flows including employing concurrency in job processing Finally the uploaded Print Campaigns can be adapted for web using the uProduce Web Campaign Wizard Uploading a Campaign Package file to a Print Service Provider PSP that has uProduce is the ideal workflow for moving jobs from creative to production The capabilities of the rules language and database connectivity available with uProduce far exceed those provided in uCreate As a result the Campaign Package process is one way from uCreate to uProduce There is no way for uCreate to import a Campaign Package that was created in uProduce as it will contain elements not known to uCreate Uploading and Downloading Document Package Files between uCreate and uProduce A Document Package is ideal for cases where a uCreate user does not need to upload Data Sources or rules but only the design Content Objects list and the association between these two Similarly if a uProduce user would like a uCreate user to review changes to a design a Document Package can be created by the uProduce user and imported by the uCreate user If the uCreate user makes further changes to the design then
205. ile String v discountstyled Y Else Text File w String v nodiscountstyled Ir 8 Using the Type Tool from the InDesign tool bar select all the text and right click to select Dynamic Text Properties from the context menu The Dynamic Text Properties dialog is displayed Figure 35 9 Select the Enable Nested Composition check box and click OK to save your changes 10 Scroll through the records to view the text and styling change dynamically within the Document Figure 42 and Figure 43 Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 68 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects Figure 42 Styled Tagged Text File discount Figure 43 Styled Tagged Text File no discount ES Creating a Dynamic Table of Contents and Index Dynamic Text Objects of the appropriate paragraph styles are included in InDesign s automatically generated Table of Contents and Index A dynamic Table of Contents is automatically updated with each record change To create a dynamic index 1 In the Document window select the text you want to index You can create a temporary text frame for the purpose of creating the index Make sure to delete this text frame when completing your index Use InDesign Index Panel to create an index entry An index marker using the default settings is added at the beginning of the selection Select the text you have indexed and export it using InDesign Export option to an Adobe In
206. ility problems in the Document e Green indicates that the Document has no XLIM compatibility problems Appendix D XLIM Capabilities 310 XLIM Preflight The number next to the circle indicates the total count of problems found in the Document Glossary 311 Glossary The following concepts and terms are used throughout this guide ADOR Object see Content Object ADOR technology stands for Automatic Dynamic Object Replacement ADOR technology which encompasses all of XMPie s foundation technologies that provide Dynamic Publishing solutions Asset Source in the XMPie context this term refers to a collection of Campaign Assets for example images formatted text files etc and its location In uPlan and uCreate Print each Campaign has a single Asset Source In uProduce you can define one or more Asset Sources for a single Campaign Assets in the XMPie context this term refers to content such as graphic files and text files that feeds the Dynamic Objects in a Design as opposed to Resources which are static content Binding the integration of Logic Data and Design into a Dynamic Document With ADOR technology binding is automatic Business rule see Rule Campaign a representation of a set of Dynamic Documents possibly of different types all sharing the same Plan file Data Source s and Asset Source s Content Object also known as ADOR Object an object of the Plan that is
207. implement transparency for example tiff and gif files or Photoshop designs psd that use alpha channel transparency Historically in variable printing these effects could not be preserved for variable elements that is elements that are driven by data thereby rendering such features was practically useless and limited the designer s options XMPie allows you to preserve transparency in any Dynamic Document using XMPie Dynamic Object Transparency X DOT technology X DOT accurately reproduces by using opaque objects the visual effect of transparency in print output file formats that do not support live transparency It creates one mega object out of several atomic objects that need to be combined to preserve the transparency effects between them Transparency may be created when special effects such as shadow feathering or opacity are used or in an image file that contains transparency Figure 67 on page 108 illustrates how X DOT technology preserves transparency by showing two identical sets of objects Group A and Group B Each group consists of three overlapping objects layered one on top of the other a blue circle a bouquet of flowers with a white background and a yellow circle All objects were defined as transparent by setting their opacity to 5076 When viewing the two groups in InDesign they appear to be identical However Group A presents a dynamic print production that does not use XMPie X DOT technolo
208. in application enables administrators to choose which of the available Dials are to be accessible via the uStore Customer application so that customers can customize their values For details see the uStore Administrator s Guide Extended Check this box to view all available functions in the functions drop down Functions list instead of just the most commonly used functions View Opens a dialog allowing advanced users to view and edit the Content QLingo Object s Rule definition as a QLingo expression Rule Definitions The Rule Editor helps you set up different Rules by offering building blocks that are appropriate for the Type of Content Object currently being created or edited For example Ifyou are defining a Text Content Object the Rule Editor prompts you to enter a value for the text string or number You can also assign a specific style to the string e If you are editing a Graphic or Text File object the Rule Editor prompts you to enter a direct file path or one that is relative to your Document For Visibility Content Objects the Rule Editor instructs you to define a condition that will render the object visible or invisible e Ifyou are editing a Style Content Object of a character style the Rule Editor instructs you to define the style you want to apply to the text You can also override InDesign style attributes with alternative font size font style and font color by clicking the plus sign
209. ing a Document to your Campaign Data Linking a Document to a Data Source When you link your document to a Data Source uCreate Print automatically creates a Content Object for each column header in that Data Source You may use these Content Objects as they are or manage them to suit your specific needs see Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects Supported Data Sources The current version supports the following types of Data Sources File Based Data Sources MS Access mdb and accdb versions 1997 2003 and 2007 2010 MS Excel xls xlsx xlsb xIsm versions 1997 2003 and 2007 2010 Note Table names must not have leading or trailing spaces Column names must not be empty and must not have leading or trailing spaces Text Files txt csv Note that column names must not be empty and must not have leading or trailing spaces Note On the Mac only text file Data Sources txt csv are supported XMPie Proprietary Data Sources Counter a proprietary XMPie Data Source This single column database is used to store sequential numbers with predefined intervals To link a Document to a Data Source 1 From the uCreate Print Options menu select the Link to Data Source option The Select a Data Source dialog is displayed Browse to the Data Source file and click Open Specify Data Source specific settings a Ifyou selected a delimited text file the Specify a Separator dialog is
210. ing or opacity are used or in an image file that contains transparency XLIM pronounced slim an acronym that stands for XMPie Less is More This composition technology from XMPie significantly increases the speed of generating Print Output files for graphically simple print Designs Such Designs are exported by uCreate Print as xlim files and can be uploaded as such to a uProduce Campaign uProduce includes the algorithms that process XLIM Dynamic Documents for generating Print Output files in an extremely speedy and efficient way Index Numerics 2D Barcode functions customizing parameters 255 defining 224 A Abort operator 276 ABS function 217 Adding to InDesign Graphic Content Object 59 Table Content Object 73 Text Content Object 58 61 Text File Content Object 59 Adjust font size 103 horizontal scale 103 Adobe InDesign 7 ADOR Object 311 ADOR Technology 1 Age function 221 Arithmetic Expressions 212 AsBoolean function 267 AsDate function 268 AsNumber function 268 Asset 88 311 folder 121 location 120 ulmage 159 Asset Source 311 AsString function 269 Auto flow 101 options 102 Auto leading 101 104 B Barcode fonts 227 Index 317 Bleed 187 Boolean Literals 211 Literal Constants 211 C Cache element locally 106 Call operator 278 Campaign 3 Campaign Package 122 Ceil function 217 Center in frame 105 Chart Dynamic 73 dynamic 280 label 283 CleanRecipientKey function 266 Comparisons 2
211. input as a stream of binary data hex treats the input as a stream of binary data represented in hexadecimal numbers Each pair of characters represents a single byte Example XMPBarcode Code128 02DC BinaryString hex In this example the barcode function encodes the FNC1 character that cannot be represented as text for a Code 128 barcode Color Parameters You can customize your barcode by adding color A different color can be set to the barcode text barcode image and to the background of the barcode image The following parameters allow you to customize color e Color controls the barcode image BackgroundColor controls the background of the image e FontColor controls the text of the barcode where text is used Each of the color parameters may receive a CMYK or RGB color space value There are several syntaxes that you can use to describe the color values The example below provides the RGB color using a range of 0 to 255 Example XMPBarcode Code128 123 Color RGB 0 255 0 RGB 0 255 0 translates to 0 value for red 255 value for green and 0 value for blue which results in a green color for the barcode Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 259 Functions The full list of formatting options is Example 1 XMPBarcode QRCode http www xmpie com Color rgb 100 0 0 Figure 113 QR Code with a color parameter mE i ustomerLype FitPrame to Content ms 2s rae
212. ion Between the function parentheses enter the data you wish to encode in the barcode In this example we have a condition according to which if the Recipient whose CustomerType Content Object s value is has Private value will be redirected to the uDirect webpage whereas a Recipient whose CustomerType is Business will land in the PersonalEffect page For more information on the data you can encode see Adding a Barcode to your Document on page 260 Example if gt CustomerTypel Private XMPBarcode ORCode http www xmpie com uDirect else XMPBarcode ORCode http www xmpie com PersonalEffect 10 Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 226 Functions Optional If you wish to customize the barcode click the View Qlingo button and edit the Rule For example if you wish to add color to the barcode the Rule will be as follows if gt CustomerType Private XMPBarCode QRCode http ww xmpie com uDirect color rgb 248 16 85 else XMPBarCode QRCode http ww xmpie com PersonalEffect color rgb 248 16 85 Click OK to close the Qlingo window Click OK to accept your settings in the New Content Object window The new barcode Content Object is added to the uCreate Print panel s Content Objects list Use the barcode Content Object to tag a graphic frame in your Document by selecting the graphic frame and then double clicking the barcode
213. ire Print Servers oooooooooooomom ee 198 PPML VDX Output Media Value 0 0 es 199 PostScript Output Media Value for Xerox FFPS DOCUSP 00 cee eee ees 200 Postscript Output Media Value for Other Devices PrinterS llle 200 Chapter 9 Collaborating with Other uCreate or uProduce Contents viii Users 2526 3 0 669 99s das E Ro ei aora QOL Collaborating with other uCreate Users llle hh 202 Collaborating with uProduce users lseeeeeeeeeee hh hs 203 Uploading a Campaign Package from uCreate to uProduce ee es 204 Uploading and Downloading Document Package Files between uCreate and uProduce 204 Importing a Proof Set Generated by uProduce cece een 205 Linking a uCreate Campaign to an ICP Port on uProduce ss seseee 205 XMPie Export Sc narios ii E SIR A A ICE SR fa ins 206 Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 208 QLingo banguage ex m IIa A n Re AAA 208 Rule Editor ExpressionsS cia ter ER a RR RR CR e Ron m i ena d RD 209 Literal Constants erata a eo tu Ei M DU 209 String Literals ike cat cms tae knee Eu Andes NUNC bon Ms 209 Number Literals 4 zu ia A tU RU uec nx reca ACE A 210 Dated neret doc fen eta dB A Reto a M Det esr at teste oko P amare a 210 Boolean Constants mi aca De 211 NullGonstant o oir et OTROS wees ope dae oC e OR wt CR e CRT RD 211 Arithmetic Expressions ss oa Re ex x Rc ale ETE REDDE Y SORTE A e SO
214. is digit calculated automatically It cannot be specified in the input data USPS PostNet 12 USPSPostNet12 Same as Postnet 11 but Valid characters 0 9 11 digits the check digit can be 1 check digit balla lon specified freely the 12th Quiet zone vertical 1 25 inch digit To be used only if horizontal 1 8 inch the correctly calculated rmput length 11 digits 1 check check digit is already dot ae are part of the input data VIN Code VIN Used for vehicle Valid characters 0 9 A Z without I O and Q Quiet zone left right 10X min Ya inch Customizing the Barcode The XMPBarcode function can optionally have a third parameter specifying further barcode customizations This parameter can be added for example to set the color of the barcode For one dimensional barcodes you can use it to set up the module line width Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 256 Functions The following options can be controlled by the third parameter for all barcodes ModuleWidth sets up the module width for one dimensional barcodes see Module Width Parameter CodePage determines the Code Page used to encode the barcode string in the selected barcode symbology see CodePage Parameter on page 257 BinaryString used to treat the input as a stream of binary data that is not affected by the CodePage see BinaryString Parameter on page 258 e Color used to customize your barcode by setting a different colo
215. is Tag s value For instructions see Defining Personalized Text on page 147 Advanced The properties of the personalized images Settings Note Hide Advanced Settings changes to Show Advanced Settings when clicked Output Select the format of the uImage output files JPG EPS etc from the Format drop down list To define the format settings click Properties A format specific Properties dialog is displayed allowing you to define the desired settings For details see Output Format Properties for Document Packages on page 142 Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 139 Referencing a uImage Document Package Table 19 uImage Settings dialog Option Description Output The folder in which the personalized images are stored Folder Choose one of the following Click Browse to locate the full path to the uImage Output folder e Enter a relative path to be appended to the default uImage Output folder see Setting uImage Defaults Optional on page 170 Output Defines the format of the uImage output filenames A uImage Filename output file is created for each recipient Its name typically includes Format the name of the template followed by the recipient s values for all Tags in the Template As a result identical images that share the same values receive the same filename This enables proper operation of the Skip Duplicates functionality see below Automatic ulmage automatically nam
216. isticated rules adding cross media and much more robust production control are the key reasons for having Package based workflows Collaborating with other uCreate Users uCreate Users can collaborate in different ways and export the Document to a file type that best suits their needs a Document Package DPKG a Campaign Package CPKG etc This section provides recommendations concerning common collaboration scenarios To share your Document only Export the Document as a DPKG which includes the Document and its Resources static images common to all recipients A DPKG is useful when collaborating with other designers or when you wish to add a new Document to an existing Campaign on uProduce Note that the DPKG does not include the following Fonts to use the Document fonts you are required to install them manually e Plan if your Document that is linked to a Plan as opposed to a Data Source you must provide it as well Chapter 9 Collaborating with Other uCreate or uProduce Users 203 Collaborating with Other uCreate or uProduce Users To allow collaborators to test your Document To allow collaborators to test your Document with recipient data you should also provide them with one of the following in addition to the DPKG e If your Document is linked to a Plan file and the collaborators have uPlan or uCreate provide collaborators with the following files Your Document exported as a Proof Set
217. itted A two digit price code almost always 00 is added to the end Finally the EAN 13 check digit is added 9 ISSN with 2 Add On ISSNP2 Extension of ISSN Valid characters 0 9 12 digits Digits barcode symbology with 1 check digit 2 add on digits 2 add on digits Quiet zone See EAN13 2 Italian Postal 2 of 5 ItalianPostal2Of5 Italian Postal Code 2 of Valid characters 0 9 5 is based upon Code 2 e et zone left right 10X min HAUL NUM ofS mereaved bak Yigg oo OE Om AU ru limited to 12 digits 11 usable digits 1 modulo 10 check digit 9 Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 244 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters 09312345678907 Barcode Name Description Characteristics Symbology Parameter ITF 14 ITF14 Encodes the GTIN 14 Valid characters 13 digits 1 this is a 14 digit number used to identify trade items at various packaging levels also referred as GTIN ITF 14 is based on the Code 2 of 5 Interleaved symbology It encodes 14 digits 13 usable digits 1 modulo 10 check digit The check digit method complies with the EAN 14 method ITF 14 uses Bearer Bars these are horizontal or surrounding bars to prevent misreads check digit Quiet zone left right 10X Japanese Postal Code A a 1234567 Used by the Japanese Posta
218. ject is applied 2 Right click the highlighted Style Content Object and select Unapply Style Content Object lt Style Name gt from the context menu The Style Content Object is removed from the selected text or object as indicated by the removal of the wavy underline Overriding Style Definitions In a Style Content Object you can override InDesign style definitions with alternative font size font style and font color Note The override color is not applied to the text frame or the graphic frame only to its contents text or graphic contents such as fill or stroke color By clicking the plus sign next to the Apply Style drop down list of the Edit Content Object dialog you can select your choice of style overrides in the Style Overrides dialog To override style definitions 1 In the uCreate Print Panel Figure 10 on page 21 select an existing Content Object right click and select Edit Rule The Edit Content Object dialog is displayed Figure 44 on page 72 Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 72 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects Figure 44 Edit Content Object dialog 2 Content Object City Name City Type Style Campaign Dial Annotation Extended Functions Rule View QLingo Apply Style vi MES 2 From the Type drop down list select Style 3 Click the plus sign next to the Apply Style drop down list The Style Overrides dialog is displa
219. l append the ulmage Asset s filename to the default Assets Folder Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document uCreate enables you to generate a Print Output file that includes all Document instances that result from a given Data Source Your Print Output file format can be any one of the leading industry standard VDP formats this ensures efficient processing at print time The Dynamic Print option is available provided that your Document is already linked to a Data Source a Proof Set file or an ICP Port or if you are using content samples InDesign Dynamic Documents which have Content Object values assigned to them are processed using the Dynamic Print option described in the following section Creating a Print File of a Dynamic Document The Dynamic Print option allows you to create a Print Output file also known as the Print Stream which contains personalized instances of your InDesign Dynamic Document This print file is generated using values from your linked Data Source Proof Set file or content samples The Print Output file may be in any of the print or Variable Information VI in short data printing formats PDF PDF VT 1 PostScript VPS PPML VIPP and VDX The Print Output file is further processed by a Print Server that is the RIP which produces a series of hard copy printed Document Instances each representing the variations made for a specific individual To print the InDesign Dynamic Document with Data S
220. l system You can encode 7 digits followed by block and street number uppercase alphanumeric The special compaction mode of Japanese characters can be enabled on demand This barcode symbology supports two methods to provide the barcode data with and without data extraction from the Japanese Address B Field Valid characters 0 9 A Z 7 digits ZIP code additional data Quiet zone left right top bottom 2 mm Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 245 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters Code lla a a 2500GG30250 Dutch Postal system Barcode Name Description Characteristics Symbology Parameter KIX Dutch Postal KIX This code is used by the Valid characters 0 9 A Z a z Quiet zone left right top bottom 2 mm Korean Postal Authority 1234569 KoreanPostalAuth This code is used by the Korean Postal system Encoded are a 6 digit ZIP and 1 check digit Valid characters 0 9 6 digits 1 check digit Quiet zone 10X not exactly specified LOGMARS AB12 LOGMARS This is a special variant of Code 39 used by the U S Department of Defense This standard defines acceptable ranges for a number of variables include density ratio bar height and size of the human readable interpretation line The modulo 43 check digit which is optional for Code 39 is defined and recommended in the specification
221. lename for both recipients This enables uImage to detect which personalized images are duplicates and optimize production by skipping them Choose one of the following Check this box to skip output filenames that have already been processed this is the default setting Leave this box unchecked to force uImage to generate images even though they already exist in the uImage Output Folder When using Dynamic Print it is recommended to optimize production speed by checking this box and setting the Output Filename Format to Automatic m Note Skip Duplicates optimizes production by reusing the whole personalized image for different recipients There are additional optimizations which reuse variable sections of the personalized image When using the Document Package workflow these optimizations are supported for the JPG EPS and PNG output formats see Output Format Properties for Document Packages on page 142 2 Click OK to close the dialog The ulmage Template properties are displayed in the New Content Object dialog Figure 90 on page 158 Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 141 Referencing a uImage Document Package Figure 85 uImage Settings dialog Regular Template ulmage Settings Template Package C Documents and Settings michal Desktop uDirect studio Template Type Regular Template Document Simple Math HighRes_with_Path Data ulmage Tags First Name Advanced Settings Output Form
222. lere 12345678 AusPostRedirect Used by the Australian Post for the Redirection service Valid characters 0 9 Quiet zone left right 6 mm top bottom 2 mm Input length 8 digits Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 229 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters A12345A Blood Commission defined Codabar 2 as standard symbology for blood banks ABC Codabar Barcode Name Description Characteristics Symbology Parameter Aztec Code AztecCode Can encode from small Valid characters ASCII 0 127 to large amounts of data ISO 8859 1 with user selected Quiet zone left right top percentages of error i bottom 0X correction The symbol size adjusts automatically depending on the amount of input data Brazilian CEPNet CetNet Used by the Brazilian Valid characters 0 9 Postal Services An 8 git Quiet zone vertical 1 25 inch hh ddl digit ZIP code is horizontal 1 8 inch 123456105 encoded The check digit is calculated Input length 8 digits 1 check automatically It cannot digit be specified in the input data The encoding is based on US Postal codes CODABAR CODABAR Invented in 1972 by Valid characters 0 9 10 0 T senem las M23454 Systems for retail A D as first or last characters NUS purposes In 1977 the di iud Commission defined Codabar 2 as standard symbology for blood banks ABC Codabar
223. lick Finish Once the ICP Port creation is successfully completed an information message box appears Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 48 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Figure 23 Link to ICP Port Completed Successfully Adobe InDesign 1 Link to ICP Port completed successfully A backup of this document which contains its original Content Objects and Rule definitions was saved as EDU RURL 1 indd After the Link to ICP Port Wizard is completed the Show Automatic Web Content Objects checkbox is checked automatically in the XMPie Preferences dialog Figure 50 on page 77 As a result the two automatic Web Content Objects XMPieRecipientKey and XMPieRURL appear in the uCreate Print Panel Figure 24 Automatic Web Content Objects XMPie uCreate x View All Types vi 9 xmPicRecipientkey Chris Li 232 9 nrierurL hitp einveca First Name Christan http www cz v Highlight Dynamic Objects EIC T3 v EE Port vis of 24 um LionComm Port The following default values are specified for these Content Objects Table 7 Web Content Objects Default Values Option Description XMPieRecipientKey The Recipient s Recipient Key primary field XMPieRURL The Recipient s Response URL as defined by the ICP Port This value is written as a link underlined blue character Clicking it opens the RURL in a new browser window For more det
224. linking to common Data Sources such as MS Access etc uCreate Print provides you with the option to create a Counter Data Source single column database which stores sequential numbers with predefined intervals A Counter Data Source is very useful if you need to create a Document in which the only dynamic components are numbers for example lottery tickets coupons receipts vouchers etc The Counter Data Source provides a convenient tool for generating such numbers without a need to prepare them in a separate Data Source Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 39 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Content Object List Context Menu Note This option is available only if you are linked to a Data Source or a Counter and not to a Plan file If your Design is linked to a Data Source right clicking anywhere in the Content Object list of the uCreate Print Panel displays the following context menu Figure 18 Figure 18 Content Object list Context menu Insert Fee discount to Design Rename Fee discount Type Edit Rule Duplicate Fee discount Delete Fee discount Go to Shortest Fee discount Go to Longest Fee discount Hide Data Column New Content Object This context menu allows you to conveniently access the same operations available by going to the Options menu and choosing Content Objects Table 4 Content Objects list Context menu
225. ll fields column headers available as Content Objects You can change the way a Data Source is used in a specific Document by choosing the available source fields see Choosing the Available Data Source Fields on page 37 and setting the primary field see Setting the Primary Field on page 38 Choosing the Available Data Source Fields uCreate Print automatically creates a Content Object for each field in the linked Data Source However if your Document does not require some these fields you may prefer to remove them from the Panel To choose the available Data Source fields 1 From the Options menu select Database Fields gt Choose Available Fields The Select a Data Source dialog is displayed Figure 16 Figure 16 Choose Available Fields dialog Choose Available Fields The table below lists the field names contained in the data source To the left of each field name is a check box indicating whether this field should be made available for reference by Content Objects and Variables Use the check boxes to change the set of available fields Addressi Address2 City First Name Grade amp vg Last Name RID School vw Select All Cancel OK J s S S S S S fS S 2 Go over the list and make sure only fields that are used in this Document are selected To revert to the default setting which includes all fields click Select All 3 Click OK to save your settings and close
226. llowing 1 2 3 From the Options menu select Preferences The XMPie Preferences dialog is displayed Figure 32 XMPie Preferences XMPie Preferences Palette v Show Data Column C Show Automatic Web Content Objects RIP Global Caching IDML amp INX M Export XMPie Tags Data when available ulmage Defaults Templates Folder C Documents and Settings DianalDesktc Output Folder C Documents and Settings Diana Desktc Assets Folder C Documents and Settings Diana Desktc In the Palette section check the Show Automatic Web Content Objects checkbox Click OK Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 61 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects To tag a design object with an Automatic Web Content Object 1 Clickthe Type Tool icon and then use the mouse to draw a rectangular area in the Document Alternatively you can make a text selection or use the text insertion point in an existing text frame in the Document 2 Inthe uCreate Print Panel double click the desired Automatic Web Content Object The object is inserted into your Document You can now proceed to format the text using standard InDesign methods Using Nested Composition Text File Content Objects are used to create dynamic text by referencing recipient specific text files stored in the Assets folder Many times these are static text files however it is possible to make these Assets dynamic by tagging the text within
227. log for a ulmage Document Package ulmage Settings Template Package C Documents and Settings michal Desktop uDirect studio Template Type Regular Template Document Simple Math HighRes_with_Path Data ulmage Tags First Name Advanced Settings Output Format JPEG JPG x Output Folder C Documents and Settings michal Desktop uDirect Output Filename Format Automatic v Hide Advanced Settings OK Cancel Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 136 Referencing a uImage Document Package 1 Define the ulmage Content Object settings as described in Table 19 Table 19 uImage Settings dialog Option Description Template The uImage Document Package you wish to use to create images Package with embedded personalization Choose one of the following e Click Browse to locate the full path to the uImage Package e Enter a relative path to be appended to the default uImage Templates folder see Setting uImage Defaults Optional on page 170 Once you select a DPKG uCreate Print extracts its predefined settings Template Displays the type of Template defined by this Document Package Type e Regular a generic type of application Any uImage Template can be defined as a Regular Template Image Font creates a personalized image that shows text using images The alphabet is a set of images and each character is represented by a specific image This specialized application mak
228. lready assigned to any of your design objects a warning is displayed notifying you that this operation will invalidate all references to this Content Object within the Document Figure 60 on page 95 Figure 60 Changing the Type of an Assigned Content Object Warning En Changing the Content Object type will invalidate all references p to this Content Object within the document Select Change to continue or Cancel to resume without changing the type Cancel 3 To proceed with the operation click Change The icon of the new type is immediately displayed in the list of Content Objects Duplicating a Content Object m Note This option is available only if you are linked to a Data Source or a Counter and not to a Plan file The Duplicate option enables you to create an exact copy of a Content Object You can then change the name of this copy and use it as a basis for a new Content Object which can be further modified as necessary To duplicate a Content Object In the uCreate PrintPanel select the desired Content Object and then select Duplicate from the context menu A copy of the Content Object is displayed in the list You can now proceed to rename the Content Object or make any necessary changes Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 96 Managing Content Objects Deleting a Content Object Note This option is available only if you are linked to a Data Source or a Counter and not to a Plan file The Delete o
229. lues are listed below Table 39 HostApplication Return Values Return Value Description uProduce The Plan is executed by uProduce uProduce uses a Plan to produce cross media outputs e For Print Campaigns uProduce can produce Print and Proof jobs as well as Proof Sets e For Web Campaigns uProduce can produce ICPs and email batches e For Cross Media Campaigns uProduce can perform all of the above production types InDesign The Plan or expression is executed by uCreate uCreate can produce the following types of output e Print by choosing the panel s Dynamic Print menu option e Proof Set by choosing the panel s Export menu option uPlan The Plan is executed by uPlan uPlan uses a Plan to produce Proof Sets Syntax GetEnv HostApplication Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 272 Functions Job Type The environment constant JobType returns the job type defined in the job ticket Possible return values are listed below Table 40 JobType Return Values Value Description PRINT A Print job In uCreate Print this value indicates a job created using the panel s Dynamic Print menu option e In uProduce this value indicates a job created by clicking the Process button of the Document Details page PROOF A Proof job This value indicates a job created using uProduce by clicking the Proof button of the Document Details page PROOF
230. mage in uCreate 171 Setting uImage Defaults Optional Note ulmage Assets are recipient specific images that replace the Image Tags in the Template These images are intended for a specific uImage Template They must not be confused with the Campaign Assets which may be shared by different Documents The ulmage default folders are used only when you set the ulmage files in the uImage Settings dialog Figure 88 on page 150 or the uImage call defined in uPlan with relative paths In this case each relative path is then appended to the relevant ulmage default folder However if you specify the full path to these files m Note uImage Defaults is a system wide setting which applies to all Documents containing a uImage Graphic Content Object To set the uImage default folders 1 In the uCreate Print panel click the icon and select Preferences The XMPie Preferences dialog is displayed Figure 93 Figure 93 XMPie Preferences dialog fr XMPie Preferences A Palette E Show Data Column ulmage Defaults Templates Folder Output Folder Assets Folder Browse Browse Browse Cancel 3 Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 172 Setting uImage Defaults Optional Go to the uImage Defaults section and define the default folders as follows Table 24 XMPie Preferences ulmage Defaults Options Option Description Templates The default folder containing uImage
231. me of the template followed by the recipient s values for all Tags in the Template As a result identical images that share the same values receive the same filename This enables proper operation of the Skip Duplicates functionality see below Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 157 Referencing a uImage Template file Table 21 uImage Settings Options Option Description Output Automatic uImage automatically names each uImage output Filename file using the uImage Template s name followed by the values of Format Cont the Tags on the uImage Tags list The default naming convention is lt ulmage Template Name ulmage Tag 1 Value ulmage Tag 2 Value lt uImage Tag n Value gt lt Format Extension For example when using the Green Frog HighRes psd Template which includes the Tag First Name Bo and Christiana s automatic filenames are as follows Green Frog HighRes psd Christiana jpg Green Frog HighRes psd Bo jpg Custom Customize the format of the uImage output file names Click Customize to open the uImage Output Filename Format dialog Figure 92 on page 162 and define a Rule for the file name For example you can set a specific uImage Tag such as the recipient s name to appear in uppercase For details see Formatting the uImage Output Filename on page 161 Skip Duplicates setting the Output Filename Format to Customize enables you to op
232. mplate uImage Createlllustration2 The ulmage Createlllustration2 callis used to is used to create personalized illustrations from an Illustrator Template Miscellaneous Operators and Functions Abort Operator The Abort operator serves to abort job processing Plan execution based on data values and Logic during the calculation of an Content Object value The job itself is marked as aborted and a message reports that the job was aborted due to the Abort operation Example Say we wish to abort the current job if we find out that specific data is missing For example if the last name of a customer is missing we will abort the job In this case the expression for the last name Content Object will appear as follows If Last Name NULL or gt Last Name Abort else gt Last Name Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 277 Functions ReportMessage Function The ReportMessage function inserts a message into the message list during production Syntax ReportMessage message This function is different from all other functions because it does not have a value that can be used to populate the Content Objects therefore it must be followed by an expression that has a value You can use several calls to this function one after the other but the last expression in the call list must be an expression that evaluates to some value that is not a ReportMessage function ReportMessage msgl ReportMes
233. n The XMPie Export dialog is displayed Figure 73 on page 123 3 Set the Save in list to the location in which you wish to save the Campaign Package 4 Setthe File name list to the Campaign Package name the default option is to use the Document name 5 Setthe Save as type list to one of the following To use this Campaign Package in cross media Campaigns select the Campaign Package Files cpkg file type In this case all Campaign components are packed Document Plan Data Sources Assets Resources and Fonts To use this Campaign Package in e Media Campaigns select the Web Campaign Package Files cpkg file type This scenario is useful when uProduce does not have printing capabilities and is only used to create Web Campaigns In this case only the Plan and Data Sources are packed Such Packages are intended to be used only by uProduce to generate personalized websites using the templates created by XMPie RURL Wizard 6 Click Save The Campaign Package file is created and stored in the location you specified Note A CPKG file exported from uCreate Print can be uploaded to uProduce where it can be adapted for the web see Chapter 3 Account and Campaign Management in the uProduce User Guide This operation creates a new ICP Port which hosts the Campaign s live data on the uProduce Server You can then use uCreate s Link to ICP Port option see Linking a Document to an ICP Port not available for uCre
234. n literally in the Document For details see Tagging a Design Object with a Text Content Object on page 58 E Graphic A graphic object This Content Object points to an Asset that will be shown in the Document For details see Tagging a Design Object with a Graphic Content Object on page 59 Note The Asset shown in the Document may be a personalized image created using the ulmage application For details see Chapter 7 Using ulmage in uCreate on page 131 E Table A table consisting of column objects whose values are extracted for each recipient from the Campaign s Data Source s For details see Tagging a Design Object with a Table Content Object on page 73 Text file A text file containing a large amount of text or text formatted in a specific style For details see Tagging a Design Object with a Text File Content Object on page 59 e Visibility Controls the visibility of the Document layers spreads to which the Content Object is assigned Visibility Content Objects also support layer names This allows one Visibility Content Object to control the visibility of all layers whose names match its values For details see Using Visibility Content Objects on page 69 Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 26 uCreate Print Panel Table 2 Content Object Types Icon Type Description Style Applies a desired format using one of the following types of Adobe InDesign styles Ch
235. n to the above System Requirements for Specialty Imaging Printing VIPP Only FluorescentMarks require the following Xerox digital presses for example the Xerox DC5000 6000 7000 8000 family CP1000 and iGen3 and iGen4 Color Digital printers FluorescentMarks enabled VI interpreter p Note The FluorescentMark effect is installed with the VI interpreter but in a disabled state for details on enabling FluorescentMark with the VI Interpreter please contact your Xerox representative MicroText Specific Requirements In addition to the above System Requirements for Specialty Imaging Printing VIPP Only MicroText requires the following VIPP enabled Xerox Digital Printers MicroFonts purchased from Xerox and installed on the FreeFlow Fonts may be purchased online at the Xerox eStore http buy xerox com catalog aspx cid 6 Appendix D XLIM Capabilities XLIM pronounced slim is an acronym that stands for XMPie Less is More This composition technology from XMPie significantly increases the speed of generating Print Output files for graphically simple print designs Such designs are exported by uCreate as xlim files and can be uploaded to a uProduce Campaign uProduce includes the algorithms that process XLIM Dynamic Documents to generate Print Output files in an extremely speedy and efficient way This section provides a complete description of XLIM capabilities Production on page 297 Page Elements on pag
236. namic publishing 1 Dynamic story handling 101 E Editing Plan file 30 42 Embed Assets 186 fonts 186 Resources 186 Environment constants 269 Error Policies 176 Error policies 176 Export Package 32 XLIM 122 Expressions arithmetic 212 F FFPS 196 197 Find and Replace 30 Find function 265 FindAndReplace function 265 266 Fit frame to contents 105 Fit proportionally 105 Fit to frame 105 Floor function 217 Font adjust size 103 missing 176 FormatDate function 222 FormatNumber function 217 Functions 217 Date functions 219 Age 221 FormatDate 222 GetDay 219 GetDayofWeek 220 GetHour 220 GetMinute 221 GetMonth 220 GetSecond 221 GetYear 220 Now 221 Numeric functions 217 ABS 217 Ceil 217 Floor 217 FormatNumber 217 Rand 219 Round 219 ulmage functions 276 G Gap between logical pages 182 GetDay function 219 Index 319 GetDayofWeek function 220 GetEnv functions 269 Current Record Number 269 Document Type 274 Host Application function 271 HTML Media 270 Job Type 272 Print Media 270 Proof Set 270 Text Media 270 GetHour function 220 GetMinute function 221 GetMonth function 220 GetSecond function 221 GetYear function 220 Global Cache using 187 Graphic Content Object 25 H Help User Guide 33 HexToUnicode Function 267 Highlight Dynamic Objects 58 Horizontal scale 103 HTML Media function 270 I If Else Statements 215 iGen 198 Image Specialty Imaging 292 Image Font 147 Image Fonts 147 Image
237. nent for example an Excel sheet or an MS Access Table This information is used to personalize each Document instance To start using uCreate Print you must first link your InDesign Document to a Data Source uCreate Print can then automatically extract the Data Source s field headers and populate the uCreate Print Panel with a corresponding list of Content Objects The Data Source s values are not inserted directly into the design but are first processed by the Dynamic Document s Rules The Rules perform various calculations to resolve each Content Object s value for each recipient and then feed these resolved values to the Content Objects Say for example the Data Source holds the age of each recipient and your Document includes a Text Content Object that describes the recipient as either an adult or a child In this case the Dynamic Document may include an underlying Rule that checks whether the recipient s age is above or below eighteen and then classifies the recipient as an adult or a child respectively In this case the Data Source s original value provides an age while the resolved value displayed in the design provides a description Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document 113 Working with the Dynamic Document Note A Data Source is the only type of content source that can be used for Rules calculation other types of content sources provide Content Object values as they are without any furth
238. new field may either be an additional field that did not exist in the previous Data Source or an unmatched field that has a different name Figure 29 Figure 29 Create New Content Objects dialog Create new Content Objects Some fields in the current Data Source do not have matching Content Objects Please select below whether or not to create a new Content Object for each of these fields New Content Objects Create Current Data Source Field Add 1 Add 2 RID Select All Select None Cancel Prev 8 Specify whether to create a new Content Objects for each new field Inthe Create column check the box of each new Current Data Source Field for which you wish to create a new Content Object a To create new Content Objects for all new fields click Select All a To refrain from creating new Content Objects click Select None 9 Determine how to proceed Ifyou need to change the field matching specifically handle any remaining unmatched fields click Prev to return to the Link to Data Source Match Previous and Current Data Sources wizard Figure 26 To abort the whole operation and keep the Document linked to the previous Data Source click Cancel Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 55 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data To create the new Content Objects click Next If there are unmatched previous Data Source fields an error message is displayed providing detailed information on t
239. ng Adult Defining a Text Content Object Example 2 In this example our Data Source includes fields such as first name last name age gender number of purchases and so forth Our purpose is to design a short note that will be printed out and handed to shoppers when they pay for their groceries For shoppers who are above the age of 20 and have shopped at the store more than 10 times the note will offer a 2576 discount the next time they shop at the store Shoppers who do not fit this profile will get a message wishing them a nice day To accomplish this we need to create a Text Content Object called Discount Figure 53 The value of this Text Object will be either the discount coupon or the message Have a nice day If Age gt Number 20 AND Purchases gt 10 Then value First Name amp String Save 25 next time Else value String Have a nice day Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 86 Managing Content Objects Figure 53 Rule Editor Example Text Content Object Rule New Content Object Name piant mwe et Carpio ba EJ Ametaion O F Extended Functions Cancel Rule View QLingo Then value ET First Name y e y String y ave 25 next time y Ese value x Sting z Have a rice day zl Defining a Text Content Object Example 3 Data Type Conversions In this example we would like to
240. nt Import Settings dialog is displayed Figure 75 Figure 75 Document Import Settings dialog Document Import Settings En Import package EDU_RURL cpkg to C Documents and ie Settings maria D esktop RURLcampaign EDU_RURL 2 Browse Cancel 4 Chooseone of the following options Table 17 Table 17 Document Import Settings dialog Option Description Import Import the Document or the Campaign into the same directory in which the DPKG or CPKG file is stored Browse Select a directory of your choice in which you want to import the Document or the Campaign Cancel Abort the import operation Importing Formatted Text into a Design Formatted Text support has been expanded in terms of both the available formats and the types of Content Objects used to import these formats XNIP xnip File Format A XNIP xnip file may be used as text file Content Object value in XMPie Campaigns It uses the XMPie s proprietary XML based XLIM file format xlim to convey rich text Its main advantage in comparison to other rich text formats is that it supports the inclusion of images XNIP is only supported as part of the InDesign composition and not as part of the XLIM file composition XNIP files are easily created by marking the desired formatted text snippets in your Document and saving them in xnip format Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document 127 Working with the Dynamic Doc
241. nt Panel menu Chapter 2 Introduction to uCreate 16 Introduction to uCreate 3 Selecta graphic frame or make a text selection then double click a Content Object in the uCreate Print Panel to make the selected frame or text dynamic 4 To beable to print from uCreate Print select Dynamic Print from the Panel menu to create an optimized VDP output stream for printing on any VDP machine OR To be able to print from uProduce export your Campaign in a General mode as a CPKG file and then upload it to uProduce 5 In interactive Cross Media Campaigns it is now possible to connect to the uProduce ICP Port This will allow you to print according to the most up to date Campaign data Workflow for Print amp Web Campaigns for Hosted e Media XMPie Hosted e Media is a hosted solution for providing users with the e Media capabilities Through Hosted e Media users can create personalized websites and send personalized email in a very affordable easy to use environment that does not require any hosting infrastructure from the user XMPie will be responsible for website hosting and supporting uProduce installation uCreate Print can now provide print capabilities for e Media Campaigns In mixed Campaigns that combine web and print it is important to be able to produce print output based on the most recent Campaign information Any update to the Campaign database made through the website should be reflected in the print output For ex
242. nt on page 173 Preferences Open the XMPie Preferences dialog to set the following e Edit the preferences for a specific uCreate Print Document by editing this dialog with the Document open e Edit defaults for new uCreate Print Documents by editing this dialog with no Document open For more information see Setting Document Preferences on page 77 Help Open the uCreate Print Print User Guide uImage Help Open the u mage User Guide About XMPie Display information on the current version of uCreate Print uCreate Print plug in Add License Add a license by opening the Add Product License dialog and entering your license key Note that you may add new licenses in addition to exiting licenses For example you may start with a uCreate Print license and then add a uChart license Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 34 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Table 3 uCreate Print Options menu Option Description Deactivate uCreate Deactivate your uCreate Print license so you can reuse it when Print changing computers or upgrading your computer s operating system For more information see Deactivating your License Key on page 14 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Content Objects are defined based on a number of attributes their name their type and their business rule Rule in short A Rule is an expression that defines how to calculate the
243. ntent Objects Figure 51 on page 82 shows an example Rule Editor window used to edit a Text Content Object First Name The drop down lists have been collapsed to reveal the available options The Rule Editor includes two main sections Content Object Properties top section for example Name in this case First Name and Type in this case Text These options are described in Content Object Properties on page 82 e Rule Definitions bottom section a Rule is an expression that calculates this Content Object s value for each recipient The Rule is defined using the following drop down lists e Rule type the first list determines whether this Rule sets a Value or a condition If e Rule building blocks the second list literal values string or number functions common and extended and an alphabetical list of the Data Source columns naun Operations the third list operations such as etc When you define a condition by setting the first drop down list to If the operations list is enhanced with comparison operators such as AND OR etc The Rule Definitions vary depending on the Type of Content Object you are currently editing or adding Text Graphic etc These options are described in Rule Definitions on page 83 Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 82 Managing Content Objects Figure 51 Rule Editor Edit Content Object First Name Edit Content Obje
244. number of 4 or 0 placeholders e Fractional part to the right of the dot expression2 adds digits from left to right that is from the large position to the smallest position depending on the number of or 0 placeholders Note If expression2 does not include a dot the input number expressionl is treated as an integer and the fractional part is ignored Table 35 FormatNumber Function Special Characters used by expression2 Character Description m Number sign Used as a placeholder for digits If there are more placeholders than digits they will be removed 0 Zero Used as a placeholder for digits If there are more placeholders than digits they will appear as 0 Dot This character divides the number into two parts integral to the left of the dot and fractional to the right of the dot Syntax FormatNumber expressionl expression2 Example In the following example expression2 defines nine placeholders divided into groups of three separated by commas There are no placeholders for a fraction The format specification ends with a dollar sign which remains as is regardless of the input string expression1 is an integer with five digits 10000 with no fractional section In this case there are enough placeholders for all digits and the result is 10 0008 FormatNumber 10000 5 10 0005 In the next example expressi
245. nvironments the XMPieRURL and XMPieRecipientKey Content Objects are irrelevant and would return empty or invalid strings and should not be included in the Design Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 46 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Furthermore you can use the Link to ICP Port feature to track print jobs that take place on the uCreate Print machine This capability applies to all uProduce solutions Print e Media and XM Note Currently uImage does not support the Link to ICP Port feature If your Plan includes a uImage Content Object and you wish to use this feature you must first generate the personalized images separately on uProduce so you can use them as regular Campaign Assets Next change the uImage Content Object expression to a regular Graphic Content Object expression and only then link to the ICP Port To link a Document to an ICP Port 1 From the Options menu select Link to ICP Port The uProduce Connection dialog is displayed Figure 21 Link to ICP Port uProduce Connection uProduce Connection uProduce Server Address 208 77 188 166 Customer XMPie j Optional User Name Diana Password eee Cancel 2 In the uProduce Connection dialog fill in the following fields Table 5 uProduce Connection dialog Option Description uProduce Server Enter the uProduce IP address Domain name or Host Address name If the Document was previously linked to an IC
246. o If y AsNumber Y T Age gt Number 20 Then value String Old Else value String v Young X m r Preview Old Recipient 14 4 1 b h c3 A Defining a Text File Content Object In this example our Data Source includes an Age field Our purpose is to define a rule that determines the value of a Text File object that uses different text files depending on the age of the recipient The file child txt will be used for recipients whose Age is less than 13 The file teen txt will be used for recipients who are younger than 20 but older than 13 The file adult txt will be used for all other recipients whose Age value does not fit into one of the above categories If Age lt Number 13 Then value String Child txt Else if Age Number 20 Then value String Teen txt Else value String Adult txt Defining a Visibility Content Object This example defines a rule for a Visibility object that is used only under the condition that the recipient is a teen Is visible if Age gt Number 13 Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 88 Managing Content Objects AND Age lt Number 19 Defining a Graphic Content Object The value of a Graphic Content Object is the name of an Asset a dynamic graphic file that changes per recipient as opposed to a Resource a static graphic file that is common to all
247. o calculate the recipient s age To customize ulmage Tags in uCreate Print 1 Access the uImage Settings dialog shown in Figure 88 on page 150 open the New Content Object or Edit Content Object dialog of the ulmage Graphic Content Object and click Configure 2 In the Data section go to the uImage Tags list select the Tag you wish to edit and click Customize Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 160 Referencing a uImage Template file The Customize uImage Tag Tag Name gt dialog is displayed Figure 91 Figure 91 Customize uImage Tag First Name dialog Cusomize ulmage Tag First Name Name First Name T First Name View QLingo lt Preview Maximilian Recipient 14 4 1 b bl of 24 3 In the Rule section use the building blocks and operators to customize the Tag s Rule for example change it to uppercase or lowercase for instructions on using the Rule Editor see Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 4 To see the Rule as a OLingo Expression click View QLingo 5 In the Preview section test the customized Rule browse through recipient records and see how the ulmage Tag s value the string displayed in the text frame changes for each recipient 6 Click OK to save your changes 7 Back in the uImage Settings dialog click OK to save your changes 8 Back in the New Content Object dialog or Edit Content Object dialog click OK to save your changes Continue your design work
248. o ll Abd dore RATER aC ia AND 76 Figure 50 XMPie Preferences ccc cee dee ee a eee ee eee n Re ene 77 Figure 51 Rule Editor Edit Content Object First Name 2 ee 82 Figure 52 Style Overrides dialog illii nnn 84 Figure 53 Rule Editor Example Text Content Object Rule llli sees 86 List of Figures XV Figure 54 Rule Editor Example Text Content Object Rule Conversion from String to NUMBERS aatia a edit Get Gane hack ea E PCR RING NUR eee EFE 87 Figure 55 Example Graphic Content Object Rule 1 2 naaa 88 Figure 56 Select Data Source dialog o ooooooorrrrrrrrr nne 90 Figure 57 Rule Editor Table Content Object 1 ills n n nnn 91 Figure 58 uCreate Panel New Table Content Object Purchases o ooooooo omo 92 Figure 59 XMPie Import dialog cc hn m rua harina 93 Figure 60 Changing the Type of an Assigned Content Object Warning oo o 95 Figure 61 Deleting an Unassigned Content Object Warning llle 96 Figure 62 Deleting an Assigned Content Object Warning lle 96 Figure 63 Bulleted List with Leading and Trailing Paragraph MarkS ooooooo 99 Figure 64 Bulleted List with an Empty Content Object The Leading Paragraph Mark is Not S pressed ccoo BEd ae tenete iO ee hedges 100 Figure 65 Dynamic Story Length Handling dialog 2 2 2 2 cee es 102 Figure 66 Dynamic Graphic Properties dialog 0 000 cee
249. ocument Linking a Document to a Proof Set Note Link to Proof Set is only available if a Document is linked to a Plan To link your Document to a Proof Set 1 From the Options menu select Link to Proof Set The Select a Proof Set File dialog is displayed 2 Locate and select the Proof Set file proof or Proof Set package ppkg that corresponds to the Content Objects currently defined in your Document and click the Open button The Record scrolling box is displayed in bottom area of the Panel 3 Use the arrows to choose the record you want to preview in the design application The Dynamic Objects in the design are replaced with the values from the Proof Set Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 45 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data 4 Clear the Highlight Dynamic Objects option to view a copy of the design as it will appear after composition Note While linked to a Proof Set if you create new Content Objects delete Content Objects or change the type of Content Objects your Proof Set will be incompatible with these changes To avoid inconsistencies you will be unlinked from the Proof Set Linking a Document to an ICP Port not available for uCreate Print Standard The Campaign Logic and Data which reside on uProduce are now available to uCreate Print uCreate Print users can simply connect to an Interactive Content Port ICP on uProduce to use its Content Objects or download its Data Sourc
250. ocument Tracking View Note The Tracking option is available only for Documents that are linked to a uProduce ICP Port Tracking is a method of collecting Campaign information that allows you to look across all the results of your Campaign in a holistic manner By tracking your Campaign you can analyze and measure the results of your Campaign while it is still in progress create reports that integrate the results into high quality meaningful data and immediately use your conclusions to refine the Campaign s relevancy and improve its performance For example a website can be tracked for the recipients that entered it Similarly in Print Campaigns it is possible to track the number of recipients for which a print piece has been created A user can specify which fields she would like to be tracked for example the Recipient Name Address etc uProduce Marketing Console is an XMPie reporting tool that allows users to accurately measure Campaign results and generate useful reports based on the real time data uCreate integrates with uProduce Marketing Console for the purpose of tracking Dynamic Print actions uCreate allows you to track Print Campaigns connected to a uProduce Port see Linking a Document to an ICP Port not available for uCreate Print Standard on page 45 The tracked information is retrieved from the Document s Content Objects also called ADOR Objects in uProduce that are linked to uProduce Port and selected for Trackin
251. og liliis ee 54 Figure 30 Link to Data Source Error message 2 2 0 ne 55 Figure 31 Data Source Fields Changed dial0G cee ee 56 Figure 32 XMPie Preferences eek e ia a a RR DR 60 Figure 34 Tagged Text Content Object o ooooooooorrrrnn tt ee 63 Figure 33 Nested Composition New Content Object 0c ee 63 Figure 35 Dynamic Text Properties Nested Composition o ooooocernnnaoooo 64 Fig re 360 TextiPil 1 iui EE A rM a RR Rd RR HAS E RU der e E Run 64 Figure 37 Text File 2 o iam EYE Rr yere per cx Ete E RR 64 Figure 38 Styled Text Content Object oooooooooorrrrrr tee 65 Figure 39 Export Adobe InDesign Tagged Text File llle esee 66 Figure 40 Adobe InDesign Tagged Text Export llle eee 66 Figure 41 Styled Nested Composition New Content Object ooooooooocrornno 67 Figure 42 Styled Tagged Text File discount 00000 cece ene 68 Figure 43 Styled Tagged Text File no discount 00 eee 68 Figure 44 Edit Content Object dialog 1 1 cc ee 72 Figure 45 Style Overrides dialog serere hh arr eee 72 Figure 46 Dynamic Table Properties dialog illie een 74 Figure 47 Dynamic Table Mold Row s Adornment o ooooooooocrr eee 75 Figure 48 Dynamic Table Properties dialog l l es 76 Figure 49 Dynamic Table before Table Content Object Columns are assigned to the Mold ROWS i oix abierta ara b ord
252. olor font family or point size To use nested composition with Adobe Tagged Text you must first create Adobe Tagged Text files Note Tagged Text in this context does not relate to tagging with Content Object but rather to Adobe proprietary tags that save style information in a text file To create a tagged Text File 1 In your Document draw a text frame and enter the text including the Text Content Object you wish to style for example First Name as a Stellar club member you are entitled to 50 discount 2 Style the text as required Figure 38 Note Make sure that if you style references to Content Objects the whole reference including the curly brackets uses the same style Figure 38 Styled Text Content Object d 3 Select all the text and from the File menu select Export to export the text as an Adobe InDesign Tagged Text file txt into the Campaign s Assets folder Figure 39 Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 66 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects Figure 39 Export Adobe InDesign Tagged Text File Save in Assets v a G o Desktop Name Size Status E My Documents El umage a My Pictures B discount txt 77 Bytes text docur 2 My Computer B discountstyled Ext 1 25 KB text docur 3 My Network Places E nodiscount txt 79 Bytes text docur Version Cue E nodiscountstyled txt 1 55 KB text docur lt File name IEiscountst E txt Format
253. on Template The uImage Template a Photoshop or Illustrator file depending on Document the function chosen in the Rule Editor that you wish to use to create images with embedded personalization Choose one of the following e Click Browse to locate the full path to the uImage Template e Enter a relative path to be appended to the default uImage Templates folder see Setting uImage Defaults Optional on page 170 Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 151 Referencing a uImage Template file Table 21 uImage Settings Options Option Description Output Folder The folder in which the personalized images are stored Choose one of the following Click Browse to locate the full path to the uImage Output folder e Enter a relative path to be appended to the default uImage Output folder see Setting uImage Defaults Optional on page 170 Output Format Select the format of the uImage output files JPG EPS etc from the drop down list To define the format settings click Properties A format specific Properties dialog is displayed allowing you to define the desired settings For details see Output Format Properties for Templates on page 163 Copy Fitting For uImage Templates that embed recipient specific text specify how to handle cases of text overflow exceeding the boundaries of the text frame or underflow leaving extraneous blank spaces Overflow and underflow occur because di
254. on2 defines only two placeholders for the integer and two placeholders for the fraction expression includes both an integral part 1234 and a fractional part 5 In this case there are not enough placeholders for all digits in the integral part only for the first two from the right 4 and 3 Therefore the result is 34 50 FormatNumber 1234 5 00 00 34 50 Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 219 Functions Rand Function The Rand function generates a random integer between 0 and the calculated integer value of the expression not including If the value of the expression is 1 a floating point number between 0 and 1 exclusive will be returned Syntax Rand expression Examples Rand 5 can return a value of 1 Rand 1 can return a value of 0 2376 Round Function The Round function rounds off the calculated number value of expressionl as an integer with expression as the number of precision digits Syntax Round expressionl expression2 Example Round 12 344 2 returns the value of 12 34 Date Functions Date functions allow you to retrieve information on the date and manipulate the date display GetDay Function The Get Day function gets the day 1 to 31 of the date expression Syntax GetDay date expression Example GetDay 02 07 2006 12 57 20 2 Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 220 Functions GetMonth Function The GetMonth function gets the month 1 to 12 of the date expr
255. onding Table Content Object column Design the Mold row s as required You can move the assigned column objects from cell to cell add Text Text File or Graphic Content Objects and add static design elements Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 77 Setting Document Preferences 7 Whenthe Table Content Object column values populate the dynamic table the static and dynamic elements in the Mold rows are duplicated in all Mold row instances throughout the dynamic table Note You can apply Copy fitting to table cells Table copy fitting inherits its settings from the copy fitting that was applied to the dynamic story in which the table is placed For more information on copy fitting functionality see Dynamic Story Length Handling on page 101 Setting Document Preferences You have the option to set Document preferences either for all uCreate Print Documents or for a specific Document To set the preferences for all Documents open the XMPie Preferences dialog when no Document is open e To set the preferences for a specific Document open it and then edit its preferences in the XMPie Preferences dialog To set edit the Document preferences 1 From the Options menu select Preferences The XMPie Preferences dialog is displayed Figure 50 Figure 50 XMPie Preferences XMPie Preferences Palette v Show Data Column Cl Show Automatic Web Content Objects RIP Global Caching Clear RIP Global Caching I
256. op file or uImage Illustration for an Illustrator file Choose If your Template is a Photoshop file available as a Document Package with all components required to complete the design choose Package This option is described under Referencing a ulmage Document Package on page 135 If your Template is an Illustrator file or if it is a Photoshop file available only as a standalone file choose Template This option is described under Referencing a ulmage Template file on page 150 The uImage Settings dialog of the chosen option Package or Template is displayed allowing you to specify the Template s production parameters as explained in the following sections Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate Referencing a uImage Document Package 135 Referencing a uImage Document Package Note This workflow is available only if the uImage Template was created in Photoshop and saved as a Document Package Referencing a ulmage Document Package DPKG file greatly simplifies the ulmage workflow in uCreate A ulmage DPKG contains all the Template information defined by the uImage designer in Photoshop such as the Template type the action or script to be used to complete the effect the Copy Fitting settings etc These settings are automatically passed to the Content Object Rule As a result the uCreate designer is required to set only a few options in the uImage Settings dialog Figure 83 Figure 83 ulmage Settings dia
257. oprietary XLIM format Documents containing them cannot be converted to XLIM To check if your Document is compatible with XLIM and remove incompatible features use the XLIM Preflight see XLIM Preflight on page 306 Figure 13 and Figure 14 show the same InDesign Dynamic Document personalized for different recipients Jane and Jerry using various types of Content Objects indicated by their icons Text Graphic Style and Visibility For detailed instructions on working with the different types of Content Objects see Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects on page 80 Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 27 uCreate Print Panel Figure 13 Example InDesign Document Personalized for Jane gt April 23 EDU P Upen UNIVERSITY Eg School Image o ED H O u se ET Background Color ee L s T First Name Ur School Name Scholarship Info T Discount Figure 14 Example InDesign Document Personalized for Jerry gt April 23 EDU P Open UNIVERSITY Eg School Image N Back ound Color Backgr J erry T First Name Welcome to the School of Medicine T School Name Scholarship Info 7 T Discount Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 28 uCreate Print Panel Options menu uCreate Print Panel Options menu Clicking the icon at the top of the uCreate Print Panel
258. option Adding or Editing Content Objects using the Rule Editor Content Objects are defined based on a number of attributes their name their type and their business rule Rule in short A Rule is an expression that is part of the Campaign Logic and defines how to calculate the Content Object s value for each recipient When you link your Document to a Data Source uCreate automatically creates a Content Object for each column header in that Data Source You may wish to manually edit these Content Objects or create new ones to tag your Design with dynamic formatting conditional Rules or arithmetic operations Content Objects are both edited and created using the Rule Editor The Rule Editor is a simple graphic user interface consisting of basic drop down lists and text frames It is specifically designed to allow non technical users to easily define or modify Content Object Rules To launch the Rule Editor You can launch the Rule Editor in one of the following ways Toadda new Content Object right click anywhere in the uCreate PrintPanel and select New Content Object from the context menu The Rule Editor s New Content Object dialog is displayed To edit an existing Content Object select the Content Object you wish to edit in the uCreate Print panel and then select Edit Rule from the context menu The Rule Editor s Edit Content Object dialog is displayed Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 81 Managing Co
259. or TIFF images closely follows the TIFF 6 0 Baseline specification while adding features from the rest of the TIFF 6 0 specifications mainly CMYK support The supported features include 1 Bit TIFF Bi level a 1 value bits appear with the color applied in InDesign a 0 value bits are transparent mask Grayscale CMYK and RGB no colorimetric data support both full RGB and Palette RGB images Grayscale images will use the frame and image applied background colors in InDesign to define their color and will refer to the image data to define the specific pixel percentage of that color Real grayscale may be achieved by setting the image foreground color to black and the frame background to white which are the defaults Images must be stripped not tiled Single or multiple strips are supported If there is no resolution information the image will use InDesign logic to appear the same Supported compressions with reference to relevant image information are as follows uncompressed CCITT G3 G4 LZW and PackBits FillOrder 1 and 2 are supported There should be a single image in a file if not only the first image is used Transparency information associated and unassociated alpha is not supported and will create corrupted output as the alpha bits are not ignored Text Appendix D XLIM Capabilities 301 Text XLIM supports the following text features Foreground color plain color no gradients including
260. or a Data Source with a document you can insert dynamic objects into the document during the design stage Associate a Plan with the document or use the Rule Editor to create your design Logic after the document has been designed Using this method you do not need any special plans when designing the document You can insert regular objects such as text boxes into the document and replace these objects with the relevant Content Objects when you link the design to a Plan or to a Data Source A typical workflow consists of a combination of the above approaches Usually the initial draft s of the document is designed before a Plan is ready Once the draft is ready the designer may have additional requirements from Chapter 2 Introduction to uCreate 12 Introduction to uCreate the Plan creator In this case the Plan creator updates the Plan and provides updated Plans for more advanced drafts of the design document Moreover using the Rule Editor as opposed to designs that are linked to a Plan file the designer can change the design Logic and add or remove Content Objects directly from uCreate without having to use uPlan Chapter 2 Introduction to uCreate 13 Introduction to uCreate Activating your uCreate License Key The first time you launch uCreate you are asked to activate your license This process is required only the first time uCreate is installed on a computer Re installations and upgrades perform the activation p
261. or color Color of values BLP ValueFormat numberFormat Formatting of values BLP ValueLocation On chart location of BL Header values ValueLocation On chart location of P Header values Clipping of on chart BLP a B Bar L Line P Pie Appendix B Working with uChart 291 Using Enhanced Options In the following example we have taken a regular two dimensional bar graph see Figure 120 on page 291 Figure 120 uChart Example Chart Output before Modifications 600 El cost EJ Valve Moy 30 A BKRS BONT CHXP F GE INTC MSFT NICE NOK NT ORCL RX SGE sww T TRI We have changed the graph s color and 3D properties as follows see Figure 121 Figure 121 uChart Enhanced Chart Options Chart Options 3D Yes f 3DViewAngle 30 aDDepth 1 f GridLineColor Red 1 We first enabled three dimensional view by issuing the command 3D Yes 2 Next we have set the depth of the 3D effect to 30 degrees 3DViewAngle 30 and the apparent position of the 3D effect s point of view to 1 3DDepth 1 3 Finally we have changed the color of the chart s grid from black to red GridLineColor Red The resulting bar graph is shown in Figure 122 Figure 122 uChart Example Chart Output after Modifications Bl Cos E Value May 30 A BKRS BONT CHKP F GE INTC MSFT NICE NOK NT ORCL RX SGI ww T TRI Appendix C Specialty Imaging The Xerox FreeFlow Print Server supports exclusive imaging
262. or example the value of the First Name Text Content Object is Sandra Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 24 uCreate Print Panel Figure 12 uCreate Print Panel with Data Column XMPie uCreate x View Al Types M Address 28 Pine Ridge Address2 Apt 9C City Bridgeport Average Grade Last Name State Zp 11743 Show Scholarship 1 School Image file produ Background Color Scheme Object Law School Name the School of Text Color Scheme White Fee discount 15 Highlight Dynamic Objects Data Source E e um EDU_prospectives csy Use the Record Selector to scroll through the records and see the values change for each record To hide the Content Object Data column Right click anywhere in the Content Objects list and select Hide Data Column from the context menu OR In the uCreate Print Options menu choose Preferences In the XMPie Preferences dialog uncheck the Show Data Column checkbox Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 25 uCreate Print Panel Content Object Types uCreate Print allows you to tag design objects with different types of Content Objects By default the uCreate Print Panel s View drop down displays All Types of available Content Objects You can filter the display by choosing one of the following types from the list Table 2 Table 2 Content Object Types Icon Type Description Text A text object This string of text is show
263. orizontal Scale Handles the overflow or underflow by changing the font horizontal scaling according to the Step percentage until the problem is solved or until the Max or Min change percentage has been reached Chapter 5 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects 104 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects Table 13 Dynamic Story Length Handling dialog Option Description A Handles the overflow or underflow by changing the Adjust Auto Leading A auto leading for text defined as Auto Leading according to the Step percentage This is done until the problem is solved or until the Max or Min change percentage has been reached This method will not be applied to text defined with a specific Leading Min Minimum overall change allowed for font size or auto leading This value can be between 25 0 and 99 9 Max Maximum overall change allowed for font size or auto leading This value can be between 100 1 and 400 0 Step This is the percentage change by which the text is adjusted for fitting in each step This value can be between 0 1 and 10 0 Note that very small steps have a greater impact on performance Chapter 5 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects 105 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects Dynamic Graphic Properties Dynamic properties for Graphic Content Objects display a number of options to fit and transform the image To view dynamic properties for a Graphic object 1
264. ort XMPie Packages see Importing XMPie Packages on page 125 Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document 123 Working with the Dynamic Document Exporting XMPie Packages Exporting a Document Package To export a Document as a Document Package dpkg for use with uProduce or another uCreate Print 1 Savethe Document in the design application 2 Fromthe uCreate Print Options menu select the Export option The XMPie Export dialog is displayed Figure 73 XMPie Export dialog XMPie Export Save in Cj EDU RURL DataSources 1 2 plan My Recent SSPEDU_RURL dpkg Documents My Network Places File name EDU RURI v Savesttpe Document Packege Ferdi v 3 Setthe Save in list to the location in which you wish to save the Document Package 4 Setthe File name list to the Document Package name the default option is to use the Document name Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document 124 Working with the Dynamic Document 5 Setthe Save as type list to the Document Package Files dpkg type of file for export to uProduce or another uCreate Print 6 Click Save The Document Package file is created and stored in the location you specified Exporting a Campaign Package To export a Campaign or part of the Campaign as a Campaign Package cpkg for use with uProduce 1 Savethe Document in the design application 2 Fromthe uCreate Print Options menu select the Export optio
265. ource values 1 Openthe Document you wish to print 2 Click the E button at the top of the uCreate Panel and select the Dynamic Print option The Dynamic Print dialog is displayed Figure 94 on page 174 Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 174 Printing the Dynamic Document Figure 94 Dynamic Print dialog Policies View Dynamic Print Data Source Data 1 10 1 Index X Format Adobe r PDF Compress Output ZIP Records All 9 From to 10 of 10 Destination default Policies Copies When a record has missing Assets Ignore y imposton When fonts are missing Ignore Advanced When a record has a missing style Ignore When a record has text overflow Ignore When transparency X DOT is required Use X DOT X When a file size is 2GB or more Fail Job X This dialog consists of common dynamic print properties see Common Dynamic Print Properties on page 175 a list of views and a view specific pane that changes as a function of any of the following views you select from the list Policies View Copies View Imposition View Advanced View Tracking View Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 175 Printing the Dynamic Document Note The VI format s you have selected determine s the options available in the Dynamic Print dialog 3 Modify if needed common dynamic properties and view definitions 4 Click OK to start printing 5 If your Document is linked to an ICP Port once
266. owing preview formats Adobe InDesign displays the Document as an untitled InDesign Document Adobe PDF generates a PDF rendering of the XLIM Document Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 32 uCreate Print Panel Options menu Table 3 uCreate Print Options menu Option Description Import Import a Document from an existing Package file This feature is useful for collaboration between uCreate Print users who do not share a Data Source or as a download for design collaboration with Print Service Providers For further details on importing Document Packages see Using XMPie Packages on page 122 Export Use your Document to create any of the following file types Document Package Files dpkg e Proof Set Files proof e Campaign Package Files cpkg e Web Campaign Package Files cpkg e XLIM Package Files dpkg not available for uCreate Print Standard e XLIM Files xlim not available for uCreate Print Standard e XLIM Campaign Package Files cpkg not available for uCreate Print Standard If you export your Document and related files as a Package file you can upload this Package to a uProduce server where it can become part of a cross media Campaign drive the Campaign from a more sophisticated database or simply allow your print service provider to make last minute changes and production related design or data adjustments e For further details on
267. ox is displayed in bottom area of the Panel 3 Use the arrows to choose the record you want to preview in the design application The Dynamic Objects in the design are replaced with the values from the Proof Set 4 Clear the Highlight Dynamic Objects option to view a copy of the design as it will appear after composition Note While linked to a Proof Set if you create new Content Objects delete Content Objects or change the type of Content Objects your Proof Set will be incompatible with these changes To avoid inconsistencies you will be unlinked from the Proof Set Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document 118 Working with the Dynamic Document Using Content Samples The area at the bottom of the uCreate Panel includes an option for viewing live examples of Content Objects This provides designers with the ability to easily create content samples for specific Content Objects and then cycle through the different values You can also use this feature to edit or remove content samples This option is very useful for designers who wish to build up an Asset pool and view their design with genuine values even before a Data Source becomes available To view content samples in your Document 1 You Select the Content Samples option from the drop down list at the bottom of the uCreate Panel Figure 71 Figure 71 uCreate Panel Content Source Drop Down List Content Samples i Content Samples v
268. phic Content object may point to a personalized image for example an image that embeds the recipient s first name Such personalized images are generated using uImage For details see Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate on page 131 Defining a Table Content Object Table Content Objects address the need to include recipient information from multiple Data Sources in a single Document Each Table Content Object is used to extract data from a newly specified Data Source in addition to the Data Source to which your Document is currently linked To create a Table Content Object the new Data Source and the linked Data Source must share at least one unique key that is a table column header that uniquely identifies each recipient such as a social security number passport number driver s license number email etc You can then use the Rule Editor to choose the desired Data Source and map one of its column headers to the corresponding column header in your linked Data Source In the following example the Document is linked to a Data Source named Owners txt containing the recipients personal details Our goal is to associate this Document with an additional Data Source Purchases txt which contains each recipient s stock purchases Both Data Sources share a column header named Owner ID This common key allows us to define a Table Content Object Rule which points to the Purchases txt Data Source and maps its Owner ID field to the
269. phic using standard InDesign methods For details on how to modify the object s properties see Dynamic Graphic Properties on page 105 To remove a Graphic Content Object Right click the tagged graphic frame and choose Remove Content Object from Graphic from the context menu Tagging a Design Object with a Text File Content Object The Text File Content Object is a pointer to a text file that is referred to in your Data Source m Note To check the literal values of a Content Object see the uCreate Print Panel s Data column for more information see Content Object Data Column on page 23 Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 60 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects To insert a Text File Content Object 1 Click the Type Tool icon and then use the mouse to draw a rectangular area in the Document Alternatively you can make a text selection or use the text insertion point in an existing text frame in the Document In the uCreate Print Panel double click the desired Text File Content Object or select the desired Text File Content Object and then select Insert to Design from the context menu The object is inserted into your Document Tagging a Design Object with an Automatic Web Content Object The two Web Content Objects XMPieRecipientKey and XMPieRURL are automatically displayed after a Document has been successfully linked to an ICP Port If you cannot see the Automatic Web Content Objects do the fo
270. ponds to the HIBC PAS Format An additional modulo 43 check digit is required Barcode Name Description Characteristics Symbology Parameter HIBC LIC 3 Of 9 HIBCLic3Of9 Valid characters 0 9 AZ Space 96 Quiet zone left right 10X min Ya inch HIBC Pas 128 HIBCPas128 A Health Industry Valid characters 0 9 AZ Space 96 Quiet zone left right 10X min Ya inch Intelligent Mail IntelligentMail Formely known as OneCode Widely used by the US Postal Service Valid characters 0 9 The second digit must be in range of 0 4 Quiet zone vertical 1 25 inch horizontal 1 8 inch Input length 0 25 29 or 31 Interleaved 2 of 5 ITF 12345 Int20f5 Short for Code 2 of 5 Interleaved It is also known as Code 25 Valid characters 0 9 Quiet zone left right 10X min Ya inch Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 242 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters Barcode Symbology Name Parameter Description Characteristics ISBN 13 780201 379686 5 ISBN13 ISBN is the abbreviation of International Standard Book Number It uses the symbology EAN 13 When encoding ISBN in an EAN 13 barcode the ISBN number is preceded by the number 978 and the ISBN check digit is not used The customer must only enter 10 digits ISBN codes with 10 digits are automatically converted
271. possible to enter more complex PostScript commands which will replace or redefine the setpagedevice operator This requires a strong knowledge of PostScript programming and a registry change that instructs XMPie to accept PostScript commands in the Dynamic Media Selection dialog or Content Object For information on this registry change contact XMPie Support Chapter 9 Collaborating with Other uCreate or uProduce Users Although uCreate is self contained you may want to collaborate with other uCreate users or with PersonalEffect users who are using uProduce to provide print or cross media services for example print service providers Collaborating with other uCreate users can be easily achieved by sharing the InDesign file which encodes all the uCreate specific information or by exporting and importing of Document Packages For more details see Using XMPie Packages on page 122 Collaborating with a Print Service Provider PSP can be accomplished in several ways from simply sending print ready files generated by uCreate to exchanging Campaign or Document Packages between the uCreate user and a PSP that has a uProduce server As noted earlier in this guide uCreate can be used to generate print ready streams files These files can be delivered to a print provider for production printing Although this is a perfectly valid and feasible workflow it has certain limitations First there is very little room for last minute adjustmen
272. ppendix A Rule Editor Expressions 222 Functions FormatDate Function The FormatDate function formats the date in expression1 according to the format specification in expression2 expressionl may be a Date literal see Date Literals on page 210 or a variable input for example a Plan Variable or a Data Source field in the Data Source Note The date format in expression1 is locale independent since the Date literal only allows the following formats dd mm yyyy or dd mm yy Syntax FormatDate expressionl expression2 Example The following example shows how to format a Date literal FormatDate 27 06 2006 dddd MMMM dd yyyy Tuesday June 27 2006 The following example shows how to format a variable input Data Source field FormatDate gt Birthday dddd MMMM dd yyyy Table 36 shows the characters that can be used to format the date and the resulting date format Table 36 FormatDate function Characters used to Set Date Formats Option Description d Displays the day as a number without a leading zero for example 1 dd Displays the day as a number with a leading zero for example 01 ddd Displays the day as an abbreviation for example Sun dddd Displays the day as a full name for example Sunday M Displays the month as a number without a leading zero for example January is represented as 1 MM Displays the month as a number with a leading zero for example
273. pport of extremely fast incorporation of last minute changes Chapter 2 Introduction to uCreate uCreate Print uCreate in short is a plug in designed for Adobe InDesign The uCreate Print plug in lets you create dynamic design objects within the relevant design layout You can do this by assigning binding the Content Objects defined in uPlan or in the uCreate Print Rule Editor to the relevant design objects for example picture box a text word text box etc thus creating a dynamic document For example a static picture box that is bound to a Graphic Content Object will be dynamically replaced with the actual picture during production Similar to static objects you can manipulate dynamic objects freely using the various tools available in the design application When the design is uploaded to the uProduce server the document can be proofed printed or published to the Web provided that the associated Plan Data Source and Assets have also been uploaded to the server You can also create a Proof Set directly from uCreate Print Upon production or proofing the dynamic objects in the design are replaced with actual data taken from the database and the rules defined in uPlan or in the Rule Editor are applied this stage creates personalized instances of the dynamic document There are two ways to use uCreate Associate a Plan or a Data Source with the document before the document is designed If you first associate a Plan
274. ption enables you to remove a Content Object from your Document When you delete a Content Object the design objects that were tagged with it in your Document will no longer change dynamically To delete a Content Object 1 Inthe uCreate PrintPanel select the Content Object to be deleted and then select Delete from the context menu One of the following warnings is displayed a If this Content Object is not assigned to any of your design objects you are simply asked to confirm the deletion Figure 61 Figure 61 Deleting an Unassigned Content Object Warning A Content Object is about to be deleted Are you sure you want to delete the Content Object FIRST y Cancel a If this Content Object is assigned to any of your design objects the warning notifies you that this operation will invalidate all references to this Content Object within the Document Figure 62 Figure 62 Deleting an Assigned Content Object Warning The Content Object FIRST is referenced in one or more n locations within the document Deleting this Content Object will invalidate all references to this Content Object within the document Select Delete to continue or Cancel to resume without deletion teen 2 To proceed with the operation click Delete The Content Object is removed from the uCreate PrintPanel and from your design objects Chapter Dynamic Properties of Design Objects Most dynamic design objects have an in
275. r 7 Using uImage in uCreate 168 Referencing a uImage Template file Table 23 Template Output Format Properties Illustrator Illustrator Output Option Description Format n EPS EPS Embed fonts Embed links Cancel Embed Check this box to embed all fonts in the personalized fonts image Default is unchecked Embed Check this box to embed all links in the personalized links image Default is unchecked PNG PNG Clip to artboard Output Transparency cancel PNG Clip to Determines how to clip the personalized image PNG Possible values Continued Artboard clips the image to the artbaord Small bounding box clips the image to the smallest bounding box of all graphic elements including those that are outside the page Default is Artboard Output Check this box to include transparency information in Transparency the personalized image Default is unchecked Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 169 Referencing a uImage Template file Table 23 Template Output Format Properties Illustrator Illustrator Output Option Description Format PROFGSROR PSD PSD Resolution dpi Hm Cancel Resolution Sets the resolution of the personalized images DPI Possible values 72 2 400 Default 300 CompuServe GIF GIF Clip to attora y Colors 256 Output Transparency car
276. r a Mac OS operating system It is used for creating the Campaign Plan file which defines the ADOR Objects Data Schema and Rules The Plan file consists of the following elements A Data Schema which describes the structure of the Data Source needed to drive the Campaign A set of ADOR Objects which can be used for tagging design objects for example by using uCreate thereby transforming them into Dynamic Objects A set of Variables which are similar to ADOR Objects except that they cannot be used for tagging design objects they are internal to the Plan Their use is for computing intermediate results and using such values in computing values for ADOR Objects For example a Plan may have a Variable called discount that holds the percentage discount one is entitled to based on the given individual s purchase history or affiliation with the Platinum Gold or Silver levels of some membership club This discount Variable can be used to compute the value of an ADOR Object called for example discountAmount which will appear in the document showing the monetary value as opposed to the percentage value of a discount that one receives Variables allow for avoiding repetitive computations or data retrievals as well as improved readability of the Plan for later revisions etc A set of Rules OLingo or SOL expressions that compute the values of the Plan s ADOR Objects and Variables once for each recipient In high level terms
277. r to the barcode text barcode image and to the background of the barcode image see Color Parameters on page 258 To add a third parameter 1 Add a comma after your encoded text 2 Adda string OLingo parameter quotation marks surrounding the third parameter name for example ModuleWidth and its custom value 3 If you want to combine multiple options separate them with a semi colon Example 1 XMPBarcode Code128 01234567 ModuleWidth 508 In this example the third parameter is used to set up the module width for a Code 128 barcode The parameter s key ModuleWidth and value 508 are separated by the equal sign and are surrounded by the quotation marks Example 2 XMPBarcode Code128 01234567 ModuleWidth 508 Color rgb 255 0 0 This example sets up the color of the barcode in addition to its module width Note how the ModuleWidth option is separated from the Color option by a semi colon The quotation marks surround the entire third parameter expression Module Width Parameter The Module Width is the width of the barcode s smallest element It is specified in units of thousandths of a millimeter 1 1000mm By default the module width is set to 0 254 mm Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 257 Functions Figure 112 Barcode Module Width 116 775 Module Width UL Monitor 236 Example XMPBarcode Code128 1234567890 ModuleWidth 508 CodePage Param
278. raphic Content Transformation Object that is the image itself and not the container frame and maintains this same transformation for all values of this Content Object during production For example if you enlarge the Graphic Content Object and rotate it 30 degrees to the left this transformation is passed on to all values of the Graphic Content Object The icon to the right of the field enables you to indicate the anchor point for the transformation being used VI Stream Options Caches processed pictures for use only in the current Cache Element production run Locally in Stream 4 Click OK to close the dialog and save your changes Note that you can access similar options from the Fitting sub menu This menu is available when you select a graphic frame and right click to open the context menu Chapter 5 Dynamic Properties of Design Objects Dynamic Properties of Design Objects Using XMPie Dynamic Object Transparency X DOT Technology Design applications such as Adobe InDesign allow you to make objects transparent that is see through in a number of ways These include Reducing the object s opacity the object s transparency ranges from 10076 opacity a solid object to 076 opacity a completely transparent object Changing the object s blending mode or how it interacts with the objects that are placed below it e Adding drop shadow or feather properties to the object e Using graphics that
279. raw Cut Marks Adds cutting crop marks on the margin area of the sheet by X Y defining their coordinates from the outside of the Document to the inside of the Document note that this value does not set the length of the cut marks Select this check box to add crop marks and then set their inset value in the Bleed X and Bleed Y fields Note Cut Marks require room to draw within the margin area not next to the Document If you add Cut Marks make sure the Margin field has Height and Width values that are large enough to include cut marks Advanced View Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 184 Printing the Dynamic Document This view enables you to set advanced print parameters used mainly to determine the specific variant of your output format to suit the workflow and the specific print controller you are using Figure 100 Figure 100 Dynamic Print dialog Advanced View Format Adobe r PDF Records All 9 From 1 P Dynamic Print Data Source Data RL xls v _ Compress Output ZIP Destination default Policies Advanced Copies Imposition Advanced PDF Export Settings XMPiEQualityProof X Embed Complete Fonts Assets Resources Supplied Resources in PPML Stream Transparency Implementation 9 Flatten transparency in print output file O Use RIP transparency RIP Global Caching Use RIP Global Caching Bleed
280. re vede dU lathe e Re BU Seen oe doe dite Gees 303 Using TextANEap A xa x arme ko OR aC eie pte xe Pod ie d N 305 Tp P repr 305 XLEIM Preflight sso 1r rare UK DE e RR E RUE AMOR ES UN 306 Using the XLIM Preflight Panel 2 2 0c RR I Ir 307 On Off CheckbOox sustrato 308 Problems Filter View list lt crau eee es 308 Problems List ue os E Peete PC Galen XR UE PER aes 309 Problem Details Info Section ooooooooooorrrrr nn 309 FIX Ment ea eontra eer Renee a M ens Mud tutes A a cur ree tie E Mura t 309 Preflight Status si eli Rae be mte de manere Rat NR RR EAR RU cr Gees 309 Contents xii List of Figures xiii List of Figures Figure 1 Dynamic Document Components 0 0c eee nnn 2 Figure 2 Example Campaign Different Documents Sharing the Same Plan amp Data SQUICES 2s ica ife VUE bor RUE CR Rx dax RC Sis AREE dare Gowan alee eae 3 Figure 3 Handling Dynamic Documents with PersonalEffect ooooooooommooo 5 Figure 4 PersonalEffect Architecture sse a er RR Rhe E rx 9 Figure 5 XMPie Product Activation dialog Activating an Additional License Key 13 Figure 6 XMPie Product Deactivation dialog ooooooooomnnarnaaa eee 14 Figure 7 XMPie Product Activation dialog Reactivating your License Key issus 15 Figure 8 uCreate Panel Initial Screen nnn 20 Figure 9 uCreate Panel Options menu Linking Options 000 cece eee ee 20 Figure 10 XMPie uC
281. reat business results The challenge faced by service providers or their customers is how to implement the design through production phases of Dynamic Publishing in a cost efficient and timely manner Many other solutions address this challenge by forcing trivial design or trivial data and rules models as well as limiting the solution s scope to print only delivery The PersonalEffect solution provides cost effective Dynamic Publishing implementations without limiting the design scope or trivializing the data or rules model Moreover PersonalEffect provides a unified consistent and streamlined approach to handling multiple media channels or integrating with other systems for automation workflow e commerce etc The PersonalEffect Solution Overview The technology at the basis of PersonalEffect is XMPie s unique Automatic Dynamic Object Replacement ADOR Technology This technology defines two key building blocks Dynamic Documents and Campaigns and provides the foundation for the applications in the PersonalEffect suite and their interoperability Chapter 1 Introduction to PersonalEffect 2 The PersonalEffect Solution Overview Dynamic Documents A Dynamic Document is a binding of three modular components Data Logic and Design Figure 1 Figure 1 Dynamic Document Components Production The Design component is like a regular Static document except that some of the design objects such as text or graph
282. reate Panel Linked to a Data Source 2 eee es 21 Figure 11 uCreate Panel Show Data Column option 0 00 cece eee 23 Figure 12 uCreate Print Panel with Data Column sassa sssaaa 24 Figure 13 Example InDesign Document Personalized for Jane o oooooooooooo 27 Figure 14 Example InDesign Document Personalized for Jerry llle ee 27 Figure 15 uCreate Options MONU ooooccconnnn as 28 Figure 16 Choose Available Fields dialog isle RII 37 Figure 17 Set Primary Field dialog iilii 38 Figure 18 Content Object list Context menu llle ees 39 Figure 19 Convert to Plan File Confirmation Message slssss eee 43 Figure 20 Save Plan As dialog a sarao eaa a hh hh eee 44 Figure 21 Link to ICP Port uProduce Connection llle nnn 46 Figure 22 Link to ICP Port Port SelectiON o ooooooooomrnr eee 47 Figure 23 Link to ICP Port Completed Successfully llle 48 Figure 24 Automatic Web Content Objects 0 0 0 ee 48 Figure 25 Select Data Source dialog 0 cece nnne 50 Figure 26 Link to Data Source Match Previous and Current Data Sources wizard 51 List of Figures xiv Figure 27 Link to Data Source Replace with Static Text gt gt option ooooo 52 Figure 28 Link to Data Source Actions and Fields Available for the City Field 53 Figure 29 Create New Content Objects dial
283. reate Print 75 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects Figure 47 Dynamic Table Mold Row s Adornment Investment Industry CountInd b05534 23 Technoland H ffi ValucPerIndustry 449534 84 Finance 3 302980 91 Consumers 2 247755 79 Pharmaceutical 1 135324 38 Communication 132887 86 Health 2 7 The Dynamic Table Properties dialog includes the following options Table 9 Dynamic Table Properties dialog Option Description Number of Mold Specify how many of the first rows in this table form a Rows pattern after which all subsequent rows are to be molded Limit Mold Rows Specify the largest number of Mold row instances Instances allowed per recipient Use this option when you wish to show only a few entries out of all entries that may be displayed for a specific recipient Show Columns in Include the names of the Table Content Object s columns Header Row in this table s header row This option is available only when you adda table Content Object and not when editing the Dynamic Table Properties To access the properties of an existing dynamic table object 1 Within the Table Content Object make a text selection and right click the mouse button 2 Select Dynamic Table from the context menu and then select Dynamic Table Properties The Dynamic Table Properties dialog is displayed 3 Make any necessary modifications to the properties and click OK to close the dialog Ch
284. reated by clicking the Send button of the Email Activity Details page EMAIL MARKETING An e mail batch test job TEST This value indicates a job created by clicking the Test button of the Email Activity Details page Syntax GetEnv JobType Document Name The environment constant DocumentName returns the name of the Document from the job ticket The Document name is always defined in Print jobs and in Email jobs but may not be defined in Port jobs If the Document name is not defined this function returns an empty string This parameter can be used in the Campaign s Content Object expressions to set a different Logic for different Documents within the same Campaign For example you can set a Rule that creates high resolution images for a specific Document named HighQualityPostcard and low resolution images for Documents by any other name Syntax GetEnv DocumentName Example GetEnv DocumentName HighQualityPostcard Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 274 Functions Document ID The environment constant Document ID returns the ID of the Document from the job ticket The Document ID is always defined in jobs created by uProduce but is never defined in jobs created by uCreate If the Document ID is not defined this function returns an empty string This parameter can be used in the Campaign s Content Object expressions to set a different Logic for different Docum
285. represented by Documents Campaigns are managed using XMPie uProduce Dashboard application Figure 2 The Campaign view is selected showing the details of an example Campaign Lion Communications The left pane shows a tree that lists the Campaign s shared components a Plan Data Sources and Documents as well as other components required to perform specific operations such as sending email or tracking Campaign events The Documents component is selected in the tree displaying the Documents page which lists different Dynamic Documents that share the Campaign Plan and Data Sources Figure 2 Example Campaign Different Documents Sharing the Same Plan amp Data Sources v Accounts Wi Campaign Job Center Settings y Custom Diana XM Gl uProduce Help Logout PIE Campaign 9 Lion Documents Credit Status Lion Communications Select All J Unselect If New J Delete WP Plan 4 Name ID Type Storage Modified Modified By Checked Out To HB Data Sources OA Bubbles 107 PSD LocalFile 13 06 2010 14 07 15 Diana M Asset Sources O Bubbles HighRes 34 PSD LocalFile 29 04 2010 11 26 03 Diana i E Fonts fH Leavebehind opt 24 INDD LocalFile 09 07 2009 03 40 07 xmpie 7 m LionPackagingWrap 14 INDD LocalFile 09 07 2009 03 39 37 xmpie zi nt LionPackagingWrap Pinot 22 INDD Local File 09 07 2009 03 40 06 xmpie he sa fl Mailer 15 INDD Local File 09 07 2009 03 39 43 xmpie im Mailer Pino
286. reproduced in any form or by any means without the express written consent of XMPie To request permission to use these materials please contact marketing xmpie com XEROX and XEROX FreeFlow FreeFlow Output Manager and FreeFlow Process Manager are trademarks of Xerox Corporation in the United States and or other countries Adobe Acrobat Adobe Dreamweaver Adobe Illustrator Adobe InDesign Adobe Photoshop and Adobe After Effects are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated SQL Server 2008 SOL Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2008 Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7 Microsoft Office Microsoft Excel and Microsoft Access are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Mac OS is a trademark of Apple Computer Inc ComponentArt is a trademark of ComponentArt Inc Other trademarks and service marks are the property of their respective owners Contents iii Contents Chapter 1 Introduction to PersonalEffect 1 The PersonalEffect Solution Overview lisse m RR Rm has 1 Dynamic Document ia ea eaa une eme ed SOR RUBER eave dose A RE RR Re Sere ne AC 2 I II d wisan bobs Aen ee ee de eae ce od eee Rc i ae 3 How Does PersonalEffect Work 0 ccc ee ee eee ee eee eens 4 PersonalEffect Core Applications 00 00 ce es 5 A O A 6 uCreate Pri oia a A RA R e a 7 UPFOUCE d scisco ie Dae one deuce Sem AR Gig a a C de o de Crib Bei x 7 PersonalEffect Architecture a na saaa aa
287. ression Syntax LTrim expression Example LTrim hello WORLD hello WORLD RTrim Function The RTrim function trims trailing white spaces in the expression Syntax RTrim expression Example RTrim hello WORLD hello WORLD Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 265 Functions Find Function The Find function gets the character index zero based in expression1 where the string expression2 is found The search starts from the character index expressions zero based The result is 1 in case the string is not found Syntax Find expressionl expression2 expression3 Example Find hello WORLD WORLD 0 6 Replace Function The Replace function replaces a part of the expression starting from character index expression3 zero based of length expression4 with the string expression2 Syntax Replace expressionl expression2 expression3 expression4 Example Replace hello WORLD EARTH 6 5 hello EARTH FindAndReplace Function The FindAndReplace function replaces all instances of the string expression2 in expressionl with the string expression3 Syntax FindAndReplace expressionl expression2 expression3 Example FindAndReplace hello WORLD WORLD EARTH hello EARTH Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 266 Functions FindAndReplaceChars Function The FindAndReplaceChars function replaces all instances of one or more
288. rint finds the record with the longest or shortest value it displays this record s values in the Document You can then adjust the relevant text frame so that it properly displays both short and long values To find the longest or shortest value of a Text Content Object 1 In the uCreate Print Panel right click a Text Content Object in this case Address 1 2 From the context menu select Go to Shortest Address 1 or Go to Longest Address 1 A progress bar is displayed indicating that uCreate Print is scanning all records to find the one with the shortest or longest value for this Text Content Object Once the record is found its values are displayed in the Document You can now go to the relevant text frame and check how it displays the short or long value Figure 72 shows an example search and its results After searching for the longest value available for the Address 1 Text Content Object the Document displays the values of record 15 This record s value for Address 1 is 222 St Augustin Rd Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document 120 Working with the Dynamic Document Figure 72 Go to Longest Address1 XMPie uCreate x D View All Types Y CREN SETTE Insert Address1 to Design Address2 Rename Address Type Edit Rule Average Grade SUN ATE Duplicate Address1 Stat Delete Address1 ate Zip Go to Shortest Address1 Show Scholarship Go to Longest Ad
289. roblems is summarized per category and displayed within brackets You can expand each category to see the list of all instances in which the unsupported feature occurs You can double click an instance to see its location on the document Problem Details Info Section The Info section provides information on the item selected in the Problem list Clicking the arrow to the left of the Info field toggles the display showing or hiding the information The information includes the following details Problem a description of the unsupported feature For example The shape is not rectangular e Fix suggested solution s for resolving the problem For example Recreate the path as a rectangular box Fix Menu When a problem is selected in the Problems list the Fix menu displays suggestions on how to resolve it You can also access these fixes by right clicking the item in the Problems list If the problematic page element is static the Preflight feature suggests an additional fix converting the element into an EPS image to achieve the same effect with an image type supported by XLIM To carry out a suggestion simply click it The fix is automatically executed Preflight Status The Preflight status is indicated by a circle shown in one of the following colors Yellow indicates that the Preflight is in the process of checking the Document e Red indicates that the Preflight has detected XLIM compatib
290. rocess automatically without requiring any action on your part The activation process is simple Ifyou have a valid license key and an internet connection the whole process is performed automatically by uCreate e If the machine running uCreate is not connected to the internet you are required to perform the activation manually In this case the activation information is first obtained from another machine that is connected to the internet You can then use this information together with the license key and to activate the product on the uCreate machine Activating an Additional License Key After you first activate uCreate using an initial license key you may add more license keys to enable additional uCreate features For example you may first activate a uCreate license key and then add a uChart license key To add a license key 1 From the uCreate Panel Options menu choose Add License The Add Product License dialog is displayed Figure 5 Figure 5 XMPie Product Activation dialog Activating an Additional License Key Add Product License License Key Is the network connected Connected Use the internet to activate this product Oot connected Activate this product manually Cancel 2 In the License Key field enter the license key you wish to add Chapter 2 Introduction to uCreate 14 Introduction to uCreate 3 Inthe Is the network connected section specify if the machine running uCrea
291. roduces two Print Output files A PPML file a file containing a reference to reusable resources which is submitted to the Printer Server RIP Areusable resources file before submitting the PPML to the RIP this file should be placed in the RIP s images folder sometimes referred to as the HighRes folder When processing the PPML file the RIP resolves the reference to this file Choose this option if your RIP does not support PPML 2 1 or does not support embedding reusable resources e When this box is checked uCreate generates a single file to be submitted to the RIP no additional actions are required Choose this option if your RIP supports PPML 2 1 or supports embedding of reusable resources in earlier PPML versions Project Name VIPP Enter a name for the project to be generated in the VIPP Print Output format This name enables the RIP to locate referenced images of the VIPP file that reside in the corresponding project folder RIP Global For PPML PS 2 1 PPML PS 1 5 VPS and PDF VT 1 Print Output Caching formats you can select the Use RIP Global Caching option to VPS PPML amp create the print stream in a way that enables the RIP to make use PDF VT 1 of cached elements from previous runs The cached elements are shared between runs of the same Document with possible differences of the target data set Bleed The bleed is the space beyond the Document size you wish to include B
292. rs and spreads based on your Dynamic Document Logic Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 23 uCreate Print Panel Content Object Data Column By default the uCreate Print Panel displays a single column the Content Objects List which shows the type icon and name of each Content Object In addition you can toggle the display of a data column which lists the value of each Content Object for the selected recipient record To show the Content Object Data column Right click anywhere in the Content Objects list and select Show Data Column from the context menu Figure 11 Figure 11 uCreate Panel Show Data Column option XMPie uCreate x liewi All Types Y n Gas Insert First Name to Design erage Last Name Rename First Name T State Tyne T Z Edit Rule ip Show Scholarship Duplicate First Name Stodia Delete First Name Background Color Schemi Go to Shortest First Name T School Name Go to Longest First Name Tex Color Scheme Show Data Column Fee discount New Content Object v sees Dynamic Objects am Dats Source vie e of 99 gt EDU prospectives csv OR Select Preferences in the uCreate Print Options menu and check the Show Data Column checkbox see Setting Document Preferences on page 77 The Data column is displayed showing each Content Object s value for the selected recipient Figure 12 shows the values available for record number 5 F
293. rs in your Document Note leaving the text frame empty and clicking Next invokes an error message Figure 27 Link to Data Source Replace with Static Text option Previous Data Source Field Action or Current Data Source Field Address1 lt lt Replace with static text gt gt v Text Fields For each field of the previous Data Source choose the matching field of the current Data Source Note the following Figure 28 on page 53 e Fields that have the same name in both Data Sources such as City First Name etc are automatically matched e Matching fields are grayed out in the drop down lists of other fields in our example First Name is grayed out the City drop down lists e When a matching field is found it can only be replaced by one of the unmatched fields or by an action For example the City drop down offers the matching field City as well as the unmatched fields Add_1 Add_2 and RID Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 53 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Table 8 Link to Data Source dialog Option Description Figure 28 Link to Data Source Actions and Fields Available for the City Field Link to Data Source Match Previous and Current Data Sources Sorne fields in the previous Data Source do not match the fields in the current Data Source Use the table below to map the current Data Source fields to the previous Data Source Pre
294. rts transparency If you experience that the RIP transparency implementation is significantly slower than the production of flattened PDF VT 1 Use RIP transparency transparency is not flattened but rather maintained in the PDF VT 1 Print Output file This option results in a significantly smaller and more efficient output file in case transparency is used With this option the RIP is expected to implement transparency support of PDF VT 1 Choose this option when you are using a PDF VT 1 compatible RIP with transparency support Embed Specify which of the following elements should be embedded in the Print Output file Note that the available options depend on your Image Rendering setting described below Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 186 Printing the Dynamic Document Table 29 Dynamic Print dialog Advanced View Option Description Complete Fonts Choose whether to embed fonts or not e If you choose to embed fonts a complete font definition will be embedded in the Print Output file e If you choose NOT to embed fonts the Print Output file will only contain references to the used fonts Note that CID fonts are an exception these fonts are not referenced but embedded as a subset NOTE This option controls the embedding of all fonts except for Chinese Japanese and Korean CJK fonts If the Document uses CJK fonts they are always embedded as subsets regardless of this
295. s cost gt 100000 AND G fName James fName James OR fName John NOT SELECT age FROM customers WHERE id gt ageThreshold Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 215 Control Statements Control Statements If Else Statements If statements are used to define conditional options Syntax If statements follow syntax similar to C and C If condition Expression in case of true condition Else Expression in case of false condition The condition is an expression that is regarded as a Boolean value to be tested by the If statement This can be a logical expression a comparison or a Boolean constant any other expression will be converted to Boolean and be tested see AsBoolean Function on page 267 of the Conversion Functions section The Else part is optional If the predicate is evaluated to False and there is no Else statement the value of the If statement is Null Example if age gt 60 senior else if age gt 20 adult else young Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 216 Control Statements Switch Statement A Switch statement is a simplified way to write a multi choice If statement Syntax The Switch statement uses the following syntax Switch expression Case literall Expressionl Case literal2 Expression2 Default DefExpression The Default case is optional If no case matches
296. s 0 9 14 encode the GTIN Global Quiet zone none required 1X Trade Item Number recommended V NNI on identifier AT 01 The 01 01234567890128 GTIN consists of a packaging indicator 0 9 followed by a 12 digit number taken from the EAN 13 article number system followed by a check digit The check digit on the 14th position is computed automatically if not provided in the input data GS1 DataBar Limited GSiDataBarLtd This symbology is similar Valid characters 0 9 to GS1 DataBar but itis Quiet zone none required 1X TULIT CENE limited to a packaging 01 01234567890128 indicator first digit O or 1 GS1 DataBar GS1DataBarExp This is a variable length Valid characters A Z a z 0 9 Expanded symbology Data should ISO 646 character set be encoded with CU TELLE ionem recmmended o ua AIs Omni directional scanning is possible Input length up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters GS1 DataBar GS1DataBarTrunc This symbology is similar Valid characters 0 9 Quiet zone none required 1X recommended Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 240 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters DU LU UE TL A99912345 9901510X3M barcode LIC Label Identification Code LIC iV specified by the Supplier Labeling Standard HIBC LIC 128 is based on the symbology Code 128 The data format corresponds to
297. s Pages panel menu to set the Spread Flattening feature to None Ignore Transparency Fail job fail the current production run in each of the cases that affect the Ignore X DOT as needed option see above More on X DOT technology can be found in Using XMPie Dynamic Object Transparency X DOT Technology on page 107 When a file size is 2GB You can produce large files 2GB or more in all Print or more Output formats except for VDX Since some RIPs might have problems processing files larger than 2GBs this production policy allows you to decide whether or not to fail such files Chose whether to Fail job the default option or Ignore Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 178 Printing the Dynamic Document Copies View This view determines the number of Document copies to be printed per recipient record Figure 96 Figure 96 Dynamic Print dialog Copies View Policies Copies Per Record Ces E Imposition Advanced 9 Based on the value of Index z Table 27 Dynamic Print dialog Copies View Option Description Copies Enter the number of personalized Document instances you wish to create for each recipient Based on the If the above number of Copies is based on the value of a specific value of Content Object choose this object from the drop down list Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 179 Printing the Dynamic Document Imposition View This view
298. s and literal values Use the AND OR to add more than one comparison expression e Values used to define the value expression as a concatenation or calculation of database fields and literal values e Functions used to easily define rules by performing conversions and manipulations on the Data Source values For a complete list of the uCreate functions see Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions on page 208 Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 85 Managing Content Objects Example Content Object Rules This section provides a few simple examples that demonstrate how to define Content Objects using the Rule Editor Defining a Text Content Object Example 1 In this example our Data Source includes an Age field Our purpose is to associate the Age numerical data with appropriate descriptive text for example child teen adult etc To do so we will define a rule that determines the value of a Text Content Object that describes the recipient s age A person whose Age value is less than 13 will be noted as a child If they are younger than 20 but older than 13 they will be considered a teen All other recipients whose Age value does not fit into one of the above categories will be considered an adult If Age lt Number 13 Then value String Child Else if Age lt Number 20 Then value String Teen Else value Stri
299. s available with different Print Output formats VIPP VPS PostScript and PPML VDX output formats Choose a format that enables your Print Server RIP to perform the most efficient production Table 32 lists the formats recommended for different types of Print Servers Table 32 Print Servers Recommended Print Output Formats Print Server Recommended Print Output Format Xerox DocuSP or FreeFlow te Print Server FFPS Otherwise choose PostScript See Checking if your VIPP if you have a license on your Print Server Print Server has a VIPP License on page 197 Creo Spire VPS available on all Creo Spire Print Server Kodak or Xeikon PPML VDX if the Print Server supports this format Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 197 Printing the Dynamic Document Table 32 Print Servers Recommended Print Output Formats Print Server Recommended Print Output Format Other Check the Print Server documentation e If VIPP or VPS are supported they are the recommended formats e Otherwise chose PostScript Checking if your Print Server has a VIPP License If you have a Xerox DocuSP or FreeFlow Print Server FFPS VIPP is the most efficient Print Output format Before choosing VIPP verify that you have a VIPP license enabled on your Print Server 1 From the Setup menu choose Feature Licenses The License Manager is displayed see Figure 106 on page 197
300. s opposed to the percentage value of a discount that one receives Variables allow for avoiding repetitive computations or data retrievals as well as improved readability of the Plan for later revisions etc A set of Rules OLingo or SOL expressions that compute the values of the Plan s ADOR Objects and Variables once for each recipient In high level terms one should think of a Plan as a program that is being repeatedly executed once for each recipient In each of these iterations the Plan performs computations that result in a set of values one recipient specific value for each ADOR Object The process that executes such Plan programs is known as Plan Interpreter and it is part of uPlan and uProduce Plan Interpreter see Plan Print Output file also known as Print Stream an output file in one of the print or Variable Information VI in short data printing formats PDF PDF VT 1 PostScript VPS PPML VIPP and VDX which is further processed by a Print Server that is RIP The processing of a print file by a print controller produces a series of hard copy printed Document Instances each representing the variations made for a specific individual Glossary 315 Proof Set an XML encoded table where columns represent ADOR Objects and rows represent a set of values one for each ADOR Object for a given recipient Proof Sets are generated by uCreate Print uPlan or uProduce They are typically generated
301. sage msg2 ReportMessage msgn Expression Example Say for example we want to report a message in case a record is skipped as a result of the Skip operator In this example we wish to create a Campaign for customers that have credit of more than 10000 A Content Object defined for the customer s credit may appear as shown on the next page If gt Credit lt 10000 ReportMessage Record number amp GetEnv CurRecordNumber amp was skipped Skip else gt Credit Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 278 Functions Skip Operator The Skip operator skips the current record during job processing Plan execution without affecting the success of the job The Skip operator enables uProduce to continue the job without creating customer communications for specific recipients based on their data values and the Logic defined for calculated Content Object values By default no special messages are displayed when a record is skipped To specify that a message should be reported you can use the ReportMessage Function on page 277 Example Say we want to create a Campaign directed at customers that have credit of more than 10000 and skip those that have less than 10000 In this case the Content Object for the customer s credit may appear as follows Tf gt Credit lt 10000 Skip else Credit Call Function The Ca11 function is used for integrating a Plan with OLingo exten
302. se the whole range of the QR Code character sets bytes Kanji Valid characters Alphanumeric and or bytes Kanji character set Quiet zone left right top bottom 2X or 4X MSI Modified Plessey TIE 012345674 MSI A variant of the Plessey Code Valid characters 0 9 Quiet zone left right 12X Input length 14 digits incl check digits Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 247 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters Barcode Symbolo gy Name Parameter Description Characteristics 00 123 NVE 18 Nummer der Versandeinheit 75 45678901234 56 NVE18 NVE stands for Nummer der Versandeinheit a German term for tracking number This code uses an EAN 128 symbology with a prefixed Application Identifier AI 00 The AI 00 is inserted automatically and must not be included in the input data It is similar to SSCC 18 Valid characters 0 9 Quiet zone left right 10X min Ya inch OneCode OneCode Creates a OneCode encoding of the expression This function represents an old version of the barcode which is now known as Intelligent Mail Valid characters 0 9 The second digit must be in range of 0 4 PDF417 PDF417 It is used to encode large quantities of data It is the de facto 2D standard symbology in the automotive industry Valid chara
303. see Inline Content Tables see Tables XLIM supports the following image features Image Types JPEG baseline JPEG TIFF TIFF 6 0 baseline including colorized monochrome TIFF see XLIM for TIFF on page 300 EPS PDF for PDF or PDF VT output formats only Image Transformation inside image frame Missing Image Asset handling including emitting missing image code Missing Links handling XLIM handles missing Document Resources that are not Assets The missing links are replaced by missing image code representations Image fitting modes XLIM supports most of the Dynamic Graphic Properties These are the only exceptions FitContent Proportionally Only top left image anchoring is supported a Fill Proportionally amp Centered Not supported uChart Dynamic Charts XMPie uChart is used to generate dynamic chart images in an InDesign document Starting with PersonalEffect version 4 5 you can also produce dynamic chart images in a XLIM production Appendix D XLIM Capabilities 300 XLIM for TIFF The following limitations apply uChart is not supported when generating JPG images in a XLIM production It is not possible to display add or edit uChart graphs in uEdit InDesign Graphic boxes that contain uChart graphs are locked for editing These boxes remain unchanged in the XLIM Document and are processed normally during a XLIM production in uProduce XLIM for TIFF XLIM support f
304. show how to use data conversion functions These functions can convert data of a certain type to a different type For example you can use such functions to convert string to number This may be required in the cases in which the type of one of the fields from your Data Source does not match the type you would like to compare it to For example if your Data Source contains a string field for a person s Age but you would like to compare this field to a number you can use a conversion function to convert it to a number and then compare it to a certain age limit If AsNumber Age gt Number 20 Then value String Old Else value String Young The AsNumber function used in this expression converts that string value that is coming from the Age field to a number that is comparable to 20 This allows the expression to determine the value Note that for Data Sources that allow you to define a type for a column you can simply set the right type in the Data Source Some Data Sources Excel CSV and Plain Text do not allow you to provide type In these cases it may be necessary to use conversion functions Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects 87 Managing Content Objects Figure 54 Rule Editor Example Text Content Object Rule Conversion from String to Number 5 Edit Content Object Age Name Age Type Text E Campaign Dial m Annotation Y Extended Functions C cancel Rule View Qling
305. shown When creating a Visibility Content Object you should take into consideration that Visibility Content Object values are case sensitive meaning a value must match the case of the layer s name to which it refers If no value matches any layer s name all layers will be turned off White spaces in layer names are also supported For example the Visibility Content Object value Family matches the layer Family where the character indicates a white space Donotname the design layers with any of the following 0 1 true or false These values are reserved to the Visibility Content Objects interpreter Layers that are tagged as non printable layers in Adobe InDesign are not visible when printing the design regardless of the Visibility Content Object status visible or not visible To assign a Visibility Content Object to the active layer or spread 1 In your Document select the object that is part of the desired layer or spread for which you want to control visibility 2 Click on a Visibility Content Object and then click on the visibility icon either 5 layer or An spread The Dynamic Visibility dialog opens You are prompted to assign the Visibility Content Object to the selected layer or spread 3 Click Assign You can see how the visibility feature affects objects in the Document by cycling through Data Source or Proof Set data The InDesign Layers Panel lets you toggle the visibility
306. sion modules Syntax Call dllName functionName parameters IsFileExist Function The IsFileExist function returns true if the file path URL expression exists otherwise returns false Syntax IsFileExist expression Example IsFileExist C myfile txt True Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 279 Recipient Information Field Reference Recipient Information Field Reference You can reference the recipient information fields in expressions since they are self generated variables Syntax Field returns the selected Recipient Information field that was defined in the Recipient Information Schema section of the Plan You can also write the name without the square brackets provided that the name starts with a letter and contains only alphanumeric characters Your PersonalEffect Campaign may be bound to multiple Data Sources These Data Sources may be of different types for example Excel or Oracle database When writing an SOL query in a uPlan expression consider first how you would write it for a certain Data Source type and then translate the table and field references to the Olingo generic syntax Appendix B Working with uChart uChart is an XMPie add on to uCreate which allows you to create dynamic data driven graphical charts and graphs uChart integrates the features of Chartbot a third party add on from Soft Horizons http wowem com consulting htm XMPie has used some of the
307. ssions 212 Arithmetic Expressions Arithmetic Expressions QLingo currently supports several arithmetic operations with the conventional order of precedence The operations in order of priority are mod div and Syntax Table 34 Arithmetic Expressions Arithmetic A Description Expression and Perform arithmetic calculations signs sign Concatenates strings a b sign Adds the number of days to the date 31 01 73 31 sign Subtracts dates to receive the difference as the number of days 31 01 73 12 01 73 19 amp sign Concatenates any type while the result is a string a amp 1 al 1 amp 2 12 Mod or sign Perform modulo operations using either mod or 96 for example e 5mod2 1 5 2 1 Note Any fractional part of a number is lost 5 1 mod 2 1 Div Concludes the round division answer 5 div 2 2 Any fractional part of a number is lost 5 1 div 2 2 Examples Regular arithmetic 5 3 15 5 2 2 5 5 Div 2 2 5 Mod 2 1 Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 213 Comparisons Concatenation Joan amp amp Smith Joan Smith 56 amp 4 564 31 01 1973 Date 31 01 1973 Date The sign between strings as concatenation Joan Smith Joan Smith The and signs between date and number to add subtract days to from a date 01 01 2002 2 03 01 200
308. start code This allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN 128 from other symbologies Widely used retail logistics food and beverage etc Besides the article number it encodes quantities weights prices dates and other information in a structured way Valid characters ASCII characters between 0 127 maximum 48 characters Quiet zone left right 10X min Ya in Flattenmarken Flattenmarken A special barcode used for recognizing the correct sequence of pages in print shops Valid characters 0 9 Quiet zone Application dependent O AB na m N co EAN128 GS1 128 The GS1 128 is simply another name for the existing EAN 128 or UCC 128 barcode The EAN and UCC standardization organizations founded GS1 in order to globalize and harmonize their different standards Valid characters ASCII characters between 0 127 Quiet zone left right 10X min Ya in Input length maximum 48 characters Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 239 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters Truncated 01 01234567890128 to GS1 DataBar but the height should be at least 13X Omni directional scanning may not be possible Barcode Name Description Characteristics Symbology Parameter GS1 DataBar RSS GS1DataBar GS1 DataBar is used to Valid character
309. sume you are connected to a Data Source and provide detailed instructions on defining the uImage Content Object The ulmage Graphic Content Object is used just like any other Graphic Content Object to tag relevant graphic s in your Document During production these tagged graphics are dynamically replaced with the ulmage personalized files To add a Graphic Content Object that references a ulmage Template 1 Openyour Document right click anywhere in the uCreatePanel and select New Content Object from the context menu The Rule Editor s New Content Object dialog is displayed 2 Configure the dialog as shown in Figure 82 Figure 82 Rule Editor New Content Object dialog uImage Photo New Content Object Name ulmageWelcome Type Graphic C Campaign Dial Annotation Extended Functions Rule View QLingo Graphic vw ulmagePhoto y Package Template Press the Package button to setup ulmage using a ulmage package or press the Template button to setup ulmage using a Photoshop document a Inthe Name field enter a name for the new Content Object for example the name of the uImage Template it references b From the Type drop down list select Graphic Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 134 Defining a uImage Content Object c Check the Extended Functions check box d In the Rule section go to the functions drop down list select either uImage Photo for a Photosh
310. t 7X EAN 8 with 2 Digits Add On 7252 7276 111 EAN8P2 Extends EAN 8 with 2 add on digits which are mainly used for encoding the price or the weight The check digit will be calculated automatically if it not specified in the input data Also used for bar coding paperbacks or newspapers In this case a 2 3 digits country code and a 4 5 article code are encoded Valid characters 0 9 9 digits 1 check digit Quiet zone left 7 10X right 5X EAN 8 with 5 Digits Add On LLL 72077 EAN8P5 Extends EAN 8 with 5 add on digits which are mainly used for encoding the price or the weight The check digit will be calculated automatically if it not specified in the input data Valid characters 0 9 12 digits 1 check digit Quiet zone left 7 10X right 5X EAN 13 AM EAN13 Reserved for the European Article Numbering EAN system Used for identifying articles or products uniquely Encoded are a 2 digit country code 5 digits manufacturer code and a 5 digits products code Valid characters 0 9 12 digits 1 check digit Quiet zone left 11X right 7X Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 237 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters 11 234567891 01231 encode the GTIN Global Trade I
311. t file Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 20 uCreate Print Panel uCreate Print Panel The uCreate Print Panel is usually displayed automatically when you launch InDesign on the right hand side of the application screen area If the Panel does not appear you can display it by selecting Window gt XMPie uCreate Print from the InDesign menu If you do not have an InDesign document open or if your document is not linked to Logic the uCreate Print Panel shows an initial screen providing basic instructions on how to start using the product Figure 8 Figure 8 uCreate Panel Initial Screen _ XMPie uCreate x 1 Open a new or existing document 2 Select Link to Data Source Link to Counter or Link to Plan from the palette menu 3 With the insertion point selected double click objects in the list to assign them to page tems 4 Select Dynamic Print from the palette menu to create an optimized VDP output stream for printing on any VDP machine For more details select Help from the palette menu Once you open a new or existing document you can link it to Logic by clicking the E button at the top of the uCreate Print Panel The Options menu is displayed allowing you to browse to a Data Source a Counter a Plan not available for uCreate Print Standard or an ICP Port not available for uCreate Print Standard See Figure 9 These linking options are described in detail in Linking a Document
312. t 16 INDD Local File 09 07 2009 03 39 55 xmpie Main Email 17 HTML URL 09 07 2009 03 39 55 xmpie im notepad cover 20 INDD Local File 09 07 2009 03 39 58 xmpie im notepad paper 21 INDD Local File 09 07 2009 03 39 59 xmpie Survey Email 19 HTML URL 09 07 2009 03 39 55 xmpie 14 Test ET 25 HTML Local File 09 07 2009 03 40 07 xmpie amp Thank You 26 HTML Local File 09 07 2009 03 40 07 xmpie amp Trackingi 23 HTML Local File 09 07 2009 03 40 06 xmpie Upgrade Confirmation Email 18 HTML URL 09 07 2009 03 39 55 xmpie A Chapter 1 Introduction to PersonalEffect 4 The PersonalEffect Solution Overview How Does PersonalEffect Work In PersonalBffect the Dynamic Document Logic component is represented by a Plan file the Data component is represented by a Data Source for example an Excel sheet or a database and the Design component is represented by a tagged static document for example a tagged Adobe InDesign document or a tagged HTMI file The Plan defines the ADOR Objects also known as Content Objects that can be used by a designer to tag design objects Once a design object such as a text frame or a graphic frame is tagged it becomes dynamic This means it derives its content and or appearance from the value of the ADOR Object with which it is tagged For example once a graphic frame is tagged with a graphic ADOR Object named CarPicture the frame will show the particular car picture selected
313. t filename format 139 Tag 159 ulmage Asset 159 ulmage functions 276 ulmage funtions ulmage Createlllustration2 276 ulmage Createlmage2 276 ulmage ulmage 276 ulmage Createlllustration2 276 ulmage Createlmage2 276 ulmage ulmage function 276 Underflow 98 103 uPlan 6 Upper case formatting 262 uProduce 7 Use Global Caching 187 V VDP 313 VDX tagging fixed background as a master page 188 Viewing Proof Sets 30 VIPP 197 dynamic media selection 198 embed Assets or Resources 186 Index 323 extract reusable content to external files 188 extract unique content to external files 188 Output files project name 187 Visibility 69 Content Object 25 Content Object Rule 83 icons 22 VPS dynamic media selection 198 embed Assets or Resources 186 extract unique content to external files 188 W WYSIWYG viewing 112 X X DOT 107 definition 316 Xerox DocuSP or FreeFlow Print Server 196 197 Xerox FFPM DocuSP VIPP output media value 198 Xerox FFPS DocuSP PostScript output media value 200 Xerox iGen FFPM DocuSP VIPP output media value 198 XLIM 109 capabilities 296 definition 316 exchange export 122 export 122 Package 122 Preflight 31 Preview 31
314. t will be maintained between the logical pages on the sheet These settings are required only if you wish to print or draw page information Auto Calculate Automatically calculates how many Documents fit into the chosen sheet or paper size To adjust this number change the Sheet Size selection Pages on Sheets Instead of using the Auto Calculate option manually enter the number of logical pages Columns and Rows that should fit on each sheet or paper If the values you set do not fit the Sheet Size selection a warning is displayed specifying range of allowed values Duplex Select this check box to order even sheets so the front side and backside will match for each recipient flip horizontally This setting is optional Center Page on Sheet Select this check box to center all the pages that will be printed on the sheet If you do not select this option uCreate will set out the pages starting from the bottom left corner of the sheet This setting is optional Draw Page Info Select this check box to add the page information above each logical design page This information includes the recipient number and the page number of this recipient This information is printed in the Gap Margin area This setting is optional Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 183 Printing the Dynamic Document Table 28 Dynamic Print dialog Imposition Parameters Option Description D
315. t will not be produced again Output Format Properties for Templates The following tables list the available output formats and their options for each type of uImage Template Photoshop Table 22 or Illustrator Table 23 Table 22 Template Output Format Properties Photoshop Photoshop Output Option Description Format JPEG JPG JPEG Properties Quality 12 Quality Sets the quality of the JPG file Possible values 1 12 the higher the value the higher the quality Default is 12 Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 164 Referencing a uImage Template file Table 22 Template Output Format Properties Photoshop Photoshop Output Option Description Format Photoshop EPS Properties EPS EPS Save vector data Optimization None Encoding Binary O ASCII O JPEG Quality Save vector data If the image contains vector data check this box to save these data Default is checked Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 165 Referencing a uImage Template file Table 22 Template Output Format Properties Photoshop Photoshop Output Option Description Format Photoshop Optimization Optimize production by processing a smaller section EPS of the Template that contains the uImage Tags EPS instead of processing the whole Template Cont Note This optimization can be used in addition to the Skip Dupli
316. tatic Stock for Spread 1 for VPS or PS Print Output Dynamic Media Selection Media for spread 1 is O Same as previous O Based on the value of Addressi Colortech 120 Gloss Figure 108 shows how to define a Content Object Rule that selects dynamic media for a VPS or PS Print Output format The media is selected based on the School database column for Law students the media value is Colortech 120 Gloss while for other students Else value the media value is Colortech 90 Uncoated Figure 108 Content Object Rule for Media Selection VPS or PS Return Strings New Content Object Name MediaSelection Type Text Campaign Dial Annotation L Extended Functions Rule View QLingo If vw T S amp hed v x Sting Law Then value String H Colortech 120 Gloss v Else value String v Colortech 90 Uncoate PPML VDX Output Media Value XMPie VDX Print Output format complies with the PDM2 specification This specification provides three media types which can be referenced in the Print Output file e Body Insert d Cover Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 200 Printing the Dynamic Document If you wish to output VDX for your Print Server you can enter any of these three media types in the Dynamic Media Selection dialog in InDesign and set the appropriate media settings for the corresponding media type on your Print Server Note The Body Insert
317. te is connected to the Internet Choose one of the following Connected Use the internet to activate this product Not connected Activate this product manually Deactivating your License Key You can deactivate your uCreate license in order to reuse this license in the following scenarios Changing computers Upgrading the computer s operating system Deactivation may be done manually through the uCreate panel After deactivation uCreate returns to its unlicensed state Note When uninstalling uCreate on Windows machines the license is deactivated automatically When uninstalling uCreate on the Mac you are prompted to deactivate uCreate manually as explained below To deactive your license manually 1 Inthe uCreate Panel click Dectivate Key The XMPie Product Deactivation dialog is displayed Figure 7 Figure 6 XMPie Product Deactivation dialog uCreate will now attempt to deactivate your uCreate License Key This will enable you to activate your uCreate License Key later Deactivation requires a working internet connection 2 Click Continue You are notified that the license has been successfully deactivated In addition the uCreate GUI is refreshed showing the limited options available with the product s trial version uCreate Designer Chapter 2 Introduction to uCreate 15 Introduction to uCreate To reactivate your license after deactivating it 1 Launch uCreate You
318. ted Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters 123457 telecommunications for marking equipment and components Barcode Name Description Characteristics Symbology Parameter Code 2 of 5 IATA Code2OF5IATA This is a self checking Valid characters 0 9 O a O characters are identical Vi 12345 4 inch to Code 2 of 5 Industry It supports distance reading gt 1m and can be printed with very simple printing techniques It is used for baggage handling in air transport applications International Air Transport Agency IATA Code 2 of 5 Matrix Code20F5M This is a self checking Valid characters 0 9 BUR Il TTT A code It Is used for Quiet zone left right 10X min industrial applications wi 12345 4 inch article numbering photo development ticketing Code 2 of 5 Data Code20F5DL This symbology is Valid characters 0 9 Logic proprietary variant of uiet zone left riaht 10X min Code 2 of 5 Standard inch VISIONES LAA TR TIENE AA Code 2 of 5 Industry Code2OF5IND Valid characters 0 9 Quiet zone left right 10X min M inch p123456 Code 11 Codeli Mainly used in Valid characters 0 9 Quiet zone left right 10X Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 232 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters Barcode Symbology Name Parameter Description Characteristics Code 32 A012345676 Co
319. tem Number for numbering trade items EAN 14 uses EAN 128 with Application identifier AT 01 The AI is prefixed automatically it must not be part of the input data The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data that is when only 13 digits are used Barcode Name Description Characteristics Symbology Parameter EAN 13 with 2 Digits EAN13P2 This symbology extends Valid characters 0 9 14 digits Add On EAN 13 with 2 add on 1 check digit digits The check digit Quiet zone left 7 10X right 5X will be calculated automatically if it is not specified in the input 11234567 890128 data EAN 13 with 5 Digits EAN13P5 This symbology extends Valid characters 0 9 17 digits Add On EAN 13 with 5 add on 1 check digit 154 digits The check digit Quiet zone left 7 10X right 5X TTL i ns automatically if it not O 725272 720776 specified in the input data EAN 14 EAN14 EAN 14 is used to Valid characters ASCII characters between 0 127 Quiet zone left right 10X min Ya in Input length 13 digits 1 check digit Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 238 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters Barcode Symbology Name Parameter Description Characteristics EAN 128 EAN128 Based upon Code 128 The same as the UCC 128 and the GS1 128 It has an FNC1 character at the 1st position after the
320. tent Objects definitions by defining expressions that perform conversions and manipulations on the Data Source values These expressions are defined using XMPie s proprietary OLingo language All expressions can be defined manually as OLingo code by clicking the Rule Editor s View QLingo button and editing the Content Object s OLingo Rule In addition the most commonly used expressions are available for selection directly from the Rule Editor s drop down lists This chapter provides a detailed description of the available expressions QLingo Language QLingo is a scripting language developed by XMPie to define expressions that compute Content Object values OLingo language includes the following types of expressions e Literal Constants see page 209 e Arithmetic Expressions see page 212 Comparisons see page 213 Logical Expressions see page 214 Control Statements see page 215 Functions see page 217 e Recipient Information Field Reference see page 279 Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 209 Literal Constants Rule Editor Expressions The Rule Editor s drop down lists allow you to select the most commonly used expressions Control Statements page 215 Functions page 217 including the following Date Functions page 219 a Barcode Function for Print Media page 224 a String Functions page 262 Conversion Functions page 267 a GetEnv Functions page 269 Miscellaneous Operators and
321. the file with Content Objects By creating a Text File Content Object that references two or more text files text within your Document can change dynamically depending on the conditions you have built into the Text File Content Object s rule This enables the values of Content Objects within each Asset to be calculated per recipient at proofing or composition time Accordingly this feature is known as Nested Composition Nested Composition is where an Asset file referenced by a Text File Content Object contains references to other Content Objects Nested Composition applies to the following text formats supported by Text File Content Objects Plain Text txt e Adobe Tagged Text txt e Rich Text Files rtf XNIP xnip see XNIP xnip File Format on page 126 Tagging an Asset File with Content Object Reference Tagging an Asset with a Content Object is done by typing a Content Object s name inside double curly brackets Below is an example of a tagged plain text Asset Happy birthday First Name The same Content Object reference method can be used in Adobe Tagged Text files see Using Nested Composition with Adobe Tagged Text on page 65 and Rich Text files When XNIP files are exported Content Object tags within the exported text are embedded as part of the XNIP file Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 62 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects Setting up Nested Composition with a Plain Text
322. tics Symbology Parameter Code 128 Subset A Code128A A variant of Code128 Valid characters ASCII which uses character set characters between 0 127 TEL LLL Quse e stable Quiet zone left right 10x min IN for encoding upper case Ya inch characters ASCII control sequences It switches to other Code128 subsets when required Code 128 Subset B Code128B A variant of Code128 Valid characters ASCII which uses character set characters between 0 127 OT i Ea toe et 060 EL for encoding lower amp Ya inch upper case letters It switches to other Code128 subsets when required Code 128 Subset C Code128C A variant of Code128 Valid characters ASCII which uses character set characters between 0 127 INIM Bert Sueton tr Dn for encoding digits It Ya i ABab123 4 inch switches to other Code128 subsets when required DAFT Code DAFT DAFT Code is not a Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 235 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters 0071 106 0163 2532 9483 75 179 276A DPD Deutscher Paket Dienst It is based on Code 128 and is limited to 28 encoded characters The encoded data and the human readable text differ slightly Barcode Name Description Characteristics Symbology Parameter Data Matrix DataMatrix Used for encoding large Valid characters Alphanumeric a amounts of data and is ASCII 0 255 and or also ideal for marking
323. ties for a ulmage Template New Content Object Name Parking CF HighRes Type Graphic Campaign Dial Annotation V Extended Functions Rule View QLingo Graphic w ulmagePhoto w Template Document C XMPie uImage_Settings Parking CF HighRes psd Output Folder C AXMPieluImage SettingsyOutput Output Filename Format Parking UFirst Skip Duplicates Yes Dutput Format JPEG Copy Fitting Overflow and Underflow Method Horizontal Scaling ulmage Tags First Automatically Play Action Folder XMPie Parking Action Parking HighRes Click OK to close the dialog Select a graphic frame in your Document In the uCreate Print Panel double click the ulmage Graphic Content Object The personalized image generated for the current recipient using the Photoshop or Illustrator Template is displayed in the Document Scroll through the Data Source records to see how the ulmage output file changes dynamically per recipient Note If the ulmage output files have not been created in advance but are created on the fly browsing between the records may take some time Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 159 Referencing a uImage Template file Defining uImage Tag Rules The ulmage Template defines how ulmage Tags fit into the design but does not define the Rules for calculating their recipient specific values These values are defined in uCreate s uImage Settings dialog Figure 88 on page
324. timize production by reusing a single image for all recipients who share the same data To use this functionality the Output Filename Format must reflect the values used in all uImage Tags That is if two recipients data create the same personalized image the Output Filename Format will create the same filename for both recipients This enables uImage to detect which personalized images are duplicates and optimize production by skipping the Choose one of the following Checkthis box to skip output filenames that have already been processed this is the default setting Leavethis box unchecked to force uImage to generate images even though they already exist in the uImage Output Folder When using Dynamic Print it is recommended to optimize production speed by checking this box and setting the Output Filename Format to Automatic Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 158 Referencing a uImage Template file Note Skip Duplicates optimizes production by reusing the who e personalized image for different recipients There are additional optimizations which reuse variable sections of the personalized image When using the Template workflow these optimizations are supported for the EPS format see Optimization on page 165 Click OK to close the dialog The ulmage Template properties are displayed in the New Content Object dialog Figure 90 on page 158 Figure 90 New Content Object dialog Graphic Content Object Proper
325. to the newer ISBN with 13 digits Valid characters 0 9 Quiet zone See EAN13 Input length 12 digits 1 check digit ISBN 13 with 5 Add 9 ISBN13P5 Extension of the ISBN 13 with additional 5 digits The add on is used for additional pricing information Valid characters 0 9 Quiet zone See EAN13 5 digits Input length 12 digits 1 check digit 5 add on digits On Digits ISMN 9 ISMN ISMN stands for International Standard Music Number The ISMN is a standardized international code which identifies printed music The ISMN is preceded by the digits 9790 The ISMN EAN 13 check digit is calculated and appended automatically Valid characters 0 9 Quiet zone See EAN13 Input length 12 digits 1 check digit Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 243 Functions Table 37 Supported Barcode Symbologies and their Matching QLingo Parameters Barcode Name Symbology Parameter Description Characteristics ISSN ISSN ISSN stands for Valid characters 0 9 12 digits International Standard 1 check digit Serial Number The ISSN Quiet zone See EAN13 is a standardized international code which identifies any serial publication independently of its country of origin its language or alphabet or its frequency medium etc The ISSN is preceded by the digits 977 The check digit of an 8 digit ISSN code the last of the 8 digits must be om
326. to your Campaign Data on page 34 Figure 9 uCreate Panel Options menu Linking Options i Link to Data Source XMPIE UCR Link to Counter 1 Open a new or existing de E 2 Select Link to Data Source Link to Plan te en orte to CLE CEU nto IGP POTES Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 21 uCreate Print Panel Once you link your document to data uCreate Print automatically creates Content Objects from the linked data fields and displays them in the uCreate Print Panel Figure 10 Figure 10 XMPie uCreate Panel Linked to a Data Source XMPie uCreate x View Al Types M Address2 City First Name Average Grade Last Name State 2p Show Scholarship School Image Background Color Scheme School Name Text Color Scheme Fee discount Highlight Dynamic Objects Vile sr less gt EDU prospectives csv The uCreate Print Panel provides the following options Content Object Type View List the type of Content Objects that are currently listed in the Panel By default All Types are listed To filter the list and focus on a specific type of Content Objects for example Graphic Content Objects select the relevant type from the list For more information see Content Object Data Column on page 23 Content Objects List lists the names and types of the Content Objects included in the Data Source Counter or Plan file you are currently linked to Use the View drop
327. tom area of the Panel 3 Use the arrows to choose the record you want to preview in the design application The Dynamic Objects in the design are replaced with the values from the Data Source The resulting Document is displayed with exactly the same values it will have in the final production stage 4 Clear the Highlight Dynamic Objects option to view a copy of the design as it will appear after composition Using uCreate to Create a Proof Set You can use uCreate to create a Proof Set that will be used by other team members who wish to check the design Document with real values When uCreate creates the Proof Set file it replaces the Content Objects placeholders with a set of actual values for each recipient When it creates a Proof Set uCreate takes these values from the source you are currently using to proof your Document For example if you are currently using a Data Source file to proof your Document the values of the Proof Set records will be taken from the Data Source file If you are using content samples to proof your Document the Proof Set will be created using the content sample values Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document 116 Working with the Dynamic Document To create a Proof Set file 1 Fromthe uCreate Panel Options menu select the Export option The XMPie Export window is displayed Figure 70 Figure 70 XMPie Export window Exporting the Document as a Proof Set XMPie Export Save in
328. tput file for a specific run opens the door for many useful collaboration scenarios For example you may want your print provider to be able to do some print specific last minute changes to a design for example fit to some folding constraints In all such cases you can leverage the uCreate ability to export and import Document Packages to make the workflow straightforward and streamlined These Packages are referred to as Campaign Packages and Document Packages e Document Package using the dpkg file extension This file includes the design Document including the Content Objects the associations or bindings of Content Objects to Design Objects along with all related Resources Campaign Package using the cpkg file extension This file includes the design Document Package along with your Data Source file Rules and all related Assets and fonts Campaign fonts are stored in Fonts directory This file can be uploaded to the uProduce Server and used to build a Campaign for the production of the final Print Output file Note Mac OS and Windows platforms use different font systems As a result only unpacked Open Type fonts are supported on both platforms Furthermore the list of fonts for packing is based on the design template meaning fonts that are used in dynamic content will not be stored in the Campaign file To learn how to export XMPie Packages see Exporting XMPie Packages on page 123 To learn how to imp
329. ts by the PSP Second the creative professional must be involved with every production detail and they must be available whenever needed for making even small last minute changes The PSP becomes a simple print engine hosting entity with very little room for adding value If your PSP has uProduce you can interact with them via Campaign Packages or Document Packages These Packages allow creative professionals to deliver uCreate jobs to a PSP and let the PSP continue working with the job as an XMPie Campaign In such a scenario the PSP can use the uProduce server and accompanying uPlan and uCreate modules to make last minute changes as needed possibly connect to a Data Source other than the one used by the creative professional or if needed take the uCreate generated Campaign into cross media Chapter 9 Collaborating with Other uCreate or uProduce Users 202 Collaborating with Other uCreate or uProduce Users These Package based workflow scenarios are similar to application file based workflow scenarios that are common in static publishing In such classical workflow scenarios a creative professional and a PSP will collaborate based on exchanging InDesign files and not just the PostScript or PDF files for the final print run Both creative professionals and PSPs appreciate the benefits of enabling the PSP to carry out last minute changes These benefits as well as others such as connecting to a different Data Source adding more soph
330. uCreate Print you need a uImage Content Object also known as a ulmage ADOR Object a Graphic Content Object that references the ulmage Template and defines the parameters required to generate personalized images as explained below Defining a uImage Content Object The uImage Content Object can be created in different ways depending on your work mode Connect to Plan or Connect to Data Source Connect to Plan this mode requires working both in uPlan and in uCreate first use uPlan to create a Plan that includes a ulmage Content Object and define its OLingo Expression as a ulmage call You can then use uCreate to connect your Document to this Plan file and obtain this uImage Content Object The uImage Content Object can now be placed in the design like any regular Graphic Content Object For details on creating a uImage Content Object in uPlan see Chapter 4 Defining and Generating Personalized Images in uPlan in the uImage User Guide Connect to Data Source this mode allows you to perform the whole workflow in uCreate eliminating the need to work in uPlan When your Document is connected to a Data Source you need to define the uImage Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 133 Defining a uImage Content Object Content Object using the Rule Editor first add a regular Graphic Content Object Next edit the Rule of this Content Object to match the parameters of the uImage Template Note The following sections as
331. uCreatefurther personalizes your Document with Graphic Content Objects that use XMPie uImage ulmage Graphic Content Objects embed personalization into the image itself The embedded personalization may include text images or both For example Figure 80 shows the same base image personalized for two recipients by embedding recipient specific text the recipient s first name Bo or Christiana Figure 80 uImage Graphic Content Object Images A Base Image Personalized with Recipient Specific Text Figure 81 shows the same base image personalized for two recipients by embedding recipient specific images a photo of a family or a photo of people in a boat Chapter 7 Using uImage in uCreate 132 Defining a uImage Content Object Figure 81 uImage Graphic Content Object Images A Base Image Personalized with Recipient Specific Images Such personalization embedded seamlessly into images can greatly enhance your Design The workflow begins in Photoshop and continues in InPhotoshop or Illustrator the designer defines how the uImage Tags fit into the image This procedure is described in the ulmage User Guide see Chapter 2 Creating a uImage Template in Photoshop and Chapter 3 Creating a ulmage Template in Illustrator In The designer defines the dynamic content of the uImage Tags and then places the personalized images inside the Document These procedures are described in the following sections To use uImage in
332. ument You can then use a XNIP file in a number of ways Insert the XNIP file directly into your Document e Use the XNIP file as an Asset that is referenced by a Text File Content Object Insert the XNIP file into a database field that is referenced by a Text Content Object To create XNIP files 1 Mark the formatted text you wish to save as a text snippet 2 Rightclick the selected text and select Save as XNIP Formatted Text from the context menu The Save As dialog is displayed with the File name drop down list set by default to the current Document s name followed by the xnip suffix Figure 76 on page 127 Figure 76 Saving a Text Snippet as a XNIP File xnip Save As LT x smen Oxe dorea rexExample xnip 3 Rename the text snippet as needed 4 Browse to the desired location in your file system and click Save Chapter 6 Working with the Dynamic Document 128 Working with the Dynamic Document To use XNIP files in your Document 1 Chooseone ofthe following a To insert a XNIP file into a text frame right click the desired location within the text frame and select Insert XNIP Formatted Text from the context menu a To use a XNIP file instead of Text Content Object or a Text File Content Object select the Content Object s place holder right click and select Replace with XNIP Formatted Text from the context menu The Open a File dialog is displayed with the Files of type
333. unctions String Functions As a rule string functions change the input expression and return an updated string The input expression is always regarded as a string even if it appears as a date or number it is interpreted as a string LCase Function The LCase function assigns lower case formatting It changes the expression to lower case characters and returns a string Syntax Lease expression Example Lease HELLO returns the value hello TCase Function The TCase function assigns title style formatting It changes the expression so that every new word starting after a non alphabetical character will start with an upper case character and returns a string Syntax Tcase expression Example case formatting functions returns the value Formatting Functions UCase Function The UCase function assigns upper case formatting It changes the expression to upper case characters and returns a string Syntax UCase expression Example UCase This is it returnsthe value THIS IS IT Appendix A Rule Editor Expressions 263 Functions Length Function The Length function returns the number of characters in the input expression Syntax Length expression Example Length abc returns the value of 3 IsNullOrEmpty Function The IsNul110rEmpt y function determines if the input expression is NULL for example a NULL Data Source field or empty for example an empty
334. urce by going to the Options menu and choosing Link to Data Source see Linking a Document to a Data Source on page 35 Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 57 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data Relinking a Document to an ICP Port not available for uCreate Print Standard You may want to re link your Dynamic Document which has been previously linked to a Data Source Counter Plan or ICP Port to a new ICP Port The Link to ICP Port workflow is the same whether the previous link is a Data source a Counter or a Plan When doing so the Link to ICP Port Wizard is opened and the flow matches the one described in Linking a Document to an ICP Port not available for uCreate Print Standard on page 45 After the ICP Port is linked the system replaces the previous Content Object values with new ones and a success message is shown In case the new Content Object list does not match the previous one the flow will be as follows 1 A validation error message will appear for Content Object that are missing in the new ICP Port and that were in use in the Document 2 Chooseone of the following Ignore ignores the inconsistency and allows you to continue working with the currently linked ICP Port without using the missing Content Object s data Ignore All ignores all the inconsistencies and allows you to continue working with the currently linked ICP Port Cancel cancels relinking If you choose
335. ut file will include this erroneous When a record has text customer information overflow Fail job to stop processing this job altogether for all recipients No output file will be generated e Skip Record missing Assets and styles only to move on to process the next record The output file will not include a Document instance for this record Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 177 Printing the Dynamic Document Table 26 Dynamic Print dialog Policies View Option Description When transparency Choose whether and how to implement X DOT in X DOT is required your Document Available options are Use X DOT use the X DOT technology Ignore X DOT as needed do not apply X DOT in this production run in the following cases The resulting mega object is reusable where at least one of the atomic objects was fixed OR The resulting mega object is unique where at least one of the atomic objects is reusable or was fixed OR The resulting mega object is reusable where at least one of the atomic objects is reusable Ignoring X DOT results in Special effects will not be visible All shadows feathering and opacity effects will be removed For transparent images their transparent parts will appear white paper color Ignore X DOT no special effects will appear in the Print Output file of this production run Note that this is equivalent to using InDesign
336. values populate the chart the appropriate dynamic chart is displayed for each recipient Appendix B Working with uChart 283 The uChart Properties dialog includes the following options Table 42 uChart Properties dialog Option Description Type Select the desired type of chart Pie Bar Line Area or Compound Note The options in this dialog differ slightly depending on the selected type of chart This table lists options that are common to all types of charts followed by type specific options Common The following options are common to all types of charts Colors amp Data options Preview Font Legend 3D Effect and Chart Options Colors amp Choose the colors in which the graphic will be shown to add colors to the Data list choose Windows gt Swatches from the InDesign menu Pie Charts only select either a single color or multiple colors by checking their boxes The total number of selected colors appears at the bottom of this pane Use the Up and Down buttons to determine the color order If the number of slices is larger than the number of colors the color shades are used to distinguish between slices If the number of slices is smaller than the number of colors the colors at the top of the list are used to create the chart Colors Bar Line Area or Compound double click a single color name or Data description to sassing it to a specific column of the Table Content cont
337. vious Data Source Field Action or Current Data Source Field Addressi lt lt Unmatched gt gt Address2 lt lt Unmatched gt gt City City lt lt Unmatched gt gt First Name lt lt Replace with static text gt gt GradeAvg Add 1 Add 2 City Last Name Unmatched fields 2 Show only Filters out the matched fields from both columns displaying unmatched only the unmatched fields that still need to be handled matched or converted to text Reset Cancels the changes you have made to the Action or Current Data Source Field list and reverts to uCreate Print s default matching Unmatched The number of fields in the previous Data Sources that are not Fields matched by any field in the current Data Source in this case Unmatched Fields 2 As you manually match the fields this number is updated 6 After matching each Previous Data Source Field with an Action or Current Data Source Field click Next Note If a field is left unmatched a message box appears confirming you wish to continue Click Yes to continue or No to finish matching the fields Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 54 Linking a Document to your Campaign Data 7 Create new Content Objects for new fields in the current Data Source optional If the current Data Source includes new fields that did not exist in the previous Data Source the Create new Content Objects dialog is displayed A
338. w a rectangular area in the Document Alternatively you can place the cursor in an existing text frame in the Document In the uCreate Print Panel double click the name of the desired Table Content Objects The Dynamic Table Properties dialog is displayed Figure 46 Figure 46 Dynamic Table Properties dialog Dynamic Table Properties ValuePerIndustry Number of Mold Rows H Limit Mold Rows Instances E M Show Columns in Header Row ora Make any necessary modifications as explained in the Dynamic Table Properties dialog description at the end of this section Click OK to close the Dynamic Table Properties dialog A dynamic table is inserted into your Document with the selected Table Content Object assigned to it and the Table Content Object s columns automatically added into the first Mold row Design the Mold row s as required You can move the assigned column objects from cell to cell add Text Text File or Graphic Content Objects and add static design elements When the Table Content Object column values populate the dynamic table the static and dynamic elements in the Mold rows are duplicated in all Mold row instances throughout the dynamic table Note Dynamic tables are marked by a light blue adornment which surrounds the table s Mold row s and includes a table icon and the Table Content Object s name for example ValuePerIndustry as shown in Figure 61 Chapter 3 Getting Started with uC
339. whether to export the IDML or INX output with or without XMPie tags Choose one of the following e Leave this box unchecked if you wish to export the IDML or INX output without XMPie tags This is useful for example if you need to deliver an XMPie Document to a designer who does not have XMPie software e Check this box if you wish to export the IDML or INX output with XMPie tags When you later reopen this file in InDesign it will function as an XMPie Document for example the Content Object definitions will be maintained This is useful for example if you are implementing an application for manipulating InDesign documents and you also wish to support XMPie Documents Note Exporting with XMPie tags is available only if an XMPie Scripting license has been activated Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 79 Setting Document Preferences Table 10 XMPie Preferences dialog Option Description uImage Defaults Define a single root folder for each type of uImage files Templates Outputs and Assets see Setting ulmage Defaults Optional on page 170 Chapter 4 Managing Content Objects This chapter explains how to manage your Content Objects Note The operations described in this chapter apply to Documents whose Content Objects were created via the Link to Data Source Link to ICP Port or Link to Counter options of the uCreate Options menu and not via the Link to uPlan
340. ws you to control many of the options available through InDesign s Export Adobe PDF dialog shown when exporting a document to a Print PDF file through File gt Export Options that are required by the XMPie production process are disabled For information on the available options see the InDesign documentation Figure 101 PDF Export Settings dialog Adobe PDF Preset XMPiEQualityHigh Standard None General General Compression 52 Marks and Bleeds Description Output Advanced Options Embed Page Thumbnails View PDF after Exporting Create Acrobat Layers Create Tagged PDF Export Layers Visible amp Printable Layers Include E Bookmarks E Non Printing Objects Hyperlinks Visible Guides and Baseline Grids Interactive Elements Do Not Include Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 190 Printing the Dynamic Document Customize the relevant export settings as needed These settings will override the corresponding settings of the chosen PDF Export Settings To complete the update choose one of the following a Click Set to apply your changes to this specific print production job The Advanced view will show the updated PDF Export Settings selection with the suffix modified OR Click Save Preset to save the updated definition under a new name The Advanced view will set PDF Export Settings list set to your preset Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 191 Printing the Dynamic D
341. y default the Use Document Bleed Settings checkbox is selected to indicate that the bleed settings used in the Document design will be applied for the print output Alternatively you can unselect this checkbox and set up different bleed settings by entering inset values in the Top Bottom Inside and Outside text boxes The inset value is measured from the edge of the Document size Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 188 Printing the Dynamic Document Table 29 Dynamic Print dialog Advanced View external files VIPP PPML amp VPS Option Description Extract Create external files that hold the Document s reusable elements reusable which are referenced by the VIPP PPML and VPS Print Output file content to to optimize the Document s processing by certain print controllers Note This option is useful for troubleshooting errors in the PPML file Extract unique content to external files VIPP amp PPML Create external files that hold the Document s unique elements which are referenced by the VIPP and PPML Print Output files to optimize the Document s processing by certain print controllers Note This option is useful for troubleshooting errors in the PPML file Add metadata to each record PDF VT Add recipient information values of any Content Object except for Tables as Metadata These Metadata are stored in the PDF VT Metadata node of each recipient Tag each record as
342. yed Figure 45 Figure 45 Style Overrides dialog Style Overrides Override Font Times NewRoman v Override Style Regar e lv Override size Pot y M Override Color Named y BW Black Ges 4 Select the checkbox of the formatting style you want to override and from the adjacent drop down list select the required style Chapter 3 Getting Started with uCreate Print 73 Tagging Design Objects with Content Objects 5 Click OK Figure 52 on page 84 shows an example where the InDesign style original properties were overridden with custom properties as follows the font family was changed to Times New Roman Regular font style the font size was changed to 24 pt and its color to Black These settings will take effect regardless of what is defined in the InDesign Style as specified by the Style Content Object Other definitions in the InDesign Style will not be altered Note For Color override you can select between the Named colors option which includes a list of color presets and the Unnamed colors option which allows you to define the color CMYK values Tagging a Design Object with a Table Content Object The Table Content Object consists of columns The column types may be Text Text File or Graphic Content Objects The recipient specific values of these Content Objects are typically extracted from a secondary Data Source and not from the main Data Source For example the main Data Source may serve as
343. you apply transparency techniques to the image which eventually results in utilizing XMPie s X DOT technology Transparency techniques are Drop shadow Feathering Opacity lower than 100 Transparency unique to images Glossary 314 Plan the encoding of Logic in the Campaign it is encoded in XML and stored in files with a plan extension In uCreate Print the Plan is encoded internally as part of the Dynamic Document thus it is not visible as a separate object The Plan file consists of the following elements A Data Schema which describes the structure of the Data Source needed to drive the Campaign A set of ADOR Objects which can be used for tagging design objects for example by using uCreate Print thereby transforming them into Dynamic Objects A set of Variables which are similar to ADOR Objects except that they cannot be used for tagging design objects hence they are internal to the Plan Their use is for computing intermediate results and using such values in computing values for ADOR Objects For example a Plan may have a Variable called discount that holds the percentage discount one is entitled to based on the given individual s purchase history or affiliation with the Platinum Gold or Silver levels of some membership club This discount Variable can be used to compute the value of a ADOR Object called say discountAmount which will appear in the document showing the monetary value a
344. you click OK the following message is displayed notifying you that the Tracking feature has been enabled for your Document Figure 95 Dynamic Print Tracking Notification Dynamic Print Notification Tracking has been enabled For this Document see the Tracking tab As a result all the Campaign related data used in this Document will be tracked in uProduce Click OK to continue or Click Cancel and go to the Tracking tab to edit disable the tracking O Don t show me this message again Click OK to continue printing or click Cancel to edit the default Tracking definitions see Tracking View on page 191 Common Dynamic Print Properties The common pane of the Dynamic Print dialog shown on the previous page allows you to define the following options Table 25 Dynamic Print dialog Common Properties Option Description Data Source Select the Data Source that includes the recipient information from which you wish to produce the Print Output file Format Choose the format in which to produce the Print Output file PDF PDF VT 1 PostScript VPS PPML VIPP or VDX depending on what is available for your system Note The Print Format you choose here determines the available Process page options Chapter 8 Printing the Dynamic Document 176 Printing the Dynamic Document Table 25 Dynamic Print dialog Common Properties Option Description Compress Output

uCreateTM Print User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents